mirror of
https://git.lyx.org/repos/lyx.git
synced 2024-11-09 18:31:04 +00:00
6b49b6b129
This makes the defaults of Inset::inheritFont() and Inset::resetFontEdit() compatible. There is no user visible change except for the Chunk inset which does not produce invalid LaTeX after editing operations anymore. This is the safe version for 2.1.0, for later there are still open questions: - All insets with ResetsFont true should be audited: Is this really needed, or do they show similar editing problems as the Chunk inset? - Does inheritFont() need to be customizable in the layout file as well? - Is resetFontEdit() != !inheritFont() needed at all? I did not use change tracking for the docs, since I updated all existing translations.
24756 lines
368 KiB
Plaintext
24756 lines
368 KiB
Plaintext
#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
|
|
\lyxformat 474
|
|
\begin_document
|
|
\begin_header
|
|
\textclass scrbook
|
|
\begin_preamble
|
|
% Präambel nicht verändern!!!
|
|
%
|
|
% Die Präambel stellt sicher, dass das Benutzerhandbuch korrekt
|
|
% in die Formate pdf, ps und dvi exportiert werden kann.
|
|
% Wenn Probleme beim Exportieren auftreten, können Sie sich
|
|
% an das LyX-Dokumentationsteam wenden.
|
|
% EMail: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
|
|
|
|
% wenn pdflatex benutzt wird:
|
|
\usepackage{ifpdf}
|
|
\ifpdf
|
|
|
|
% Schrift für hübschere PDF-Ansichten
|
|
\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}
|
|
{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
|
|
|
|
\fi % Ende von: wenn pdflatex benutzt wird
|
|
|
|
% Setzt den Link für Spruenge zu Gleitabbildungen
|
|
% auf den Anfang des Gelitobjekts und nicht aufs Ende
|
|
\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
|
|
|
|
% Die Seiten des Inhaltsverzeichnisses werden römisch numeriert,
|
|
% ein PDF-Lesezeichen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird hinzugefügt
|
|
\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
|
|
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
|
|
\frontmatter
|
|
\pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
|
|
\myTOC
|
|
\mainmatter }
|
|
|
|
% Linkfläche für Querverweise vergrößern und automatisch benennen,
|
|
\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\mbox{\autoref{#1}}}}
|
|
\addto\extrasngerman{%
|
|
\renewcommand*{\equationautorefname}[1]{}%
|
|
\renewcommand{\sectionautorefname}{Kap.\negthinspace}%
|
|
\renewcommand{\subsectionautorefname}{Kap.\negthinspace}%
|
|
\renewcommand{\subsubsectionautorefname}{Kap.\negthinspace}%
|
|
}
|
|
\end_preamble
|
|
\options fleqn,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading
|
|
\use_default_options false
|
|
\begin_modules
|
|
logicalmkup
|
|
\end_modules
|
|
\maintain_unincluded_children false
|
|
\begin_local_layout
|
|
Format 7
|
|
InsetLayout CharStyle:MenuItem
|
|
LyxType charstyle
|
|
LabelString menu
|
|
LatexType command
|
|
LatexName menuitem
|
|
Font
|
|
Family Sans
|
|
EndFont
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\newcommand*{\menuitem}[1]{{\sffamily #1}}
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
End
|
|
# In case we need to do with sans...
|
|
#InsetLayout CharStyle:Code
|
|
#Font
|
|
#Family Sans
|
|
#EndFont
|
|
#Preamble
|
|
#\renewcommand{\code}[1]{{\sffamily #1}}
|
|
#EndPreamble
|
|
#End
|
|
\end_local_layout
|
|
\language ngerman
|
|
\language_package default
|
|
\inputencoding auto
|
|
\fontencoding global
|
|
\font_roman default
|
|
\font_sans default
|
|
\font_typewriter default
|
|
\font_math auto
|
|
\font_default_family default
|
|
\use_non_tex_fonts false
|
|
\font_sc false
|
|
\font_osf false
|
|
\font_sf_scale 100
|
|
\font_tt_scale 100
|
|
\graphics default
|
|
\default_output_format default
|
|
\output_sync 0
|
|
\bibtex_command default
|
|
\index_command default
|
|
\paperfontsize 12
|
|
\spacing single
|
|
\use_hyperref true
|
|
\pdf_title "LyX-Anpassung: Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Benutzer"
|
|
\pdf_author "LyX Team, deutsche Übersetzung: Peter Sütterlin, Leif Albers und Hartmut Haase"
|
|
\pdf_subject "LyX-Dokumentation, Anpassung"
|
|
\pdf_keywords "LyX, Dokumentation"
|
|
\pdf_bookmarks true
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksopen true
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
|
|
\pdf_breaklinks false
|
|
\pdf_pdfborder false
|
|
\pdf_colorlinks true
|
|
\pdf_backref false
|
|
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
|
|
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
|
|
\papersize default
|
|
\use_geometry false
|
|
\use_package amsmath 0
|
|
\use_package amssymb 0
|
|
\use_package cancel 0
|
|
\use_package esint 0
|
|
\use_package mathdots 0
|
|
\use_package mathtools 0
|
|
\use_package mhchem 0
|
|
\use_package stackrel 0
|
|
\use_package stmaryrd 0
|
|
\use_package undertilde 0
|
|
\cite_engine basic
|
|
\cite_engine_type default
|
|
\biblio_style plain
|
|
\use_bibtopic false
|
|
\use_indices false
|
|
\paperorientation portrait
|
|
\suppress_date false
|
|
\justification true
|
|
\use_refstyle 0
|
|
\branch OutDated
|
|
\selected 0
|
|
\filename_suffix 0
|
|
\color #faf0e6
|
|
\end_branch
|
|
\index Stichwortverzeichnis
|
|
\shortcut idx
|
|
\color #008000
|
|
\end_index
|
|
\secnumdepth 3
|
|
\tocdepth 3
|
|
\paragraph_separation indent
|
|
\paragraph_indentation default
|
|
\quotes_language german
|
|
\papercolumns 1
|
|
\papersides 2
|
|
\paperpagestyle headings
|
|
\tracking_changes false
|
|
\output_changes false
|
|
\html_math_output 0
|
|
\html_css_as_file 0
|
|
\html_be_strict false
|
|
\end_header
|
|
|
|
\begin_body
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Title
|
|
LyX-Anpassung:
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Benutzer
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Author
|
|
vom LyX-Team
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Übersetzung:
|
|
\noun on
|
|
Peter Sütterlin
|
|
\noun default
|
|
,
|
|
\noun on
|
|
Leif Albers
|
|
\noun default
|
|
und
|
|
\noun on
|
|
Hartmut
|
|
\noun default
|
|
|
|
\noun on
|
|
Haase
|
|
\noun default
|
|
(
|
|
\noun on
|
|
HHa
|
|
\noun default
|
|
, bis März 2010).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Version 2.1.x
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
|
|
LatexCommand tableofcontents
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Einleitung
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In diesem Teil der Dokumentation wird beschrieben, welche Möglichkeiten
|
|
LyX bietet, um es den eigenen Wünschen anzupassen.
|
|
Es werden Dinge wie Tastaturkürzel, Vorschau am Bildschirm, Optionen zum
|
|
Drucken, das Senden von Befehlen an LyX durch den LyX-Server, Internationalisie
|
|
rung, Installation neuer LaTeX-Klassen und LyX-Layouts usw.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
behandelt.
|
|
Es kann hier nicht alles beschrieben werden, das an LyX individuell eingestellt
|
|
und verändert werden kann --- die Entwickler fügen Neuerungen schneller
|
|
ein, als wir sie dokumentieren können --- doch werden die grundlegenden
|
|
Fähigkeiten von LyX dokumentiert sowie für einige der etwas obskuren Hinweise
|
|
gegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Mit der Version 1.1.6 von LyX wurde eine neue Schnittstelle zu den konfigurierbare
|
|
n Eigenschaften eingeführt, die Sie über den Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
aufrufen können.
|
|
Diese macht die weiter unten aufgeführten Erläuterungen zu den Konfigurationsda
|
|
teien von LyX nicht überflüssig, aber es vereinfacht doch den Prozess, LyX
|
|
an
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ihre
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Bedürfnisse anzupassen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Die Konfigurationsdateien von LyX
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieses Kapitel soll Ihnen dabei helfen, sich mit den Konfigurationsdateien
|
|
von LyX vertraut zu machen.
|
|
Bevor Sie jedoch weiterlesen, sollten Sie herausfinden, wo sich das Systemverze
|
|
ichnis von LyX auf Ihrem Rechner befindet.
|
|
Sie erfahren dies über den Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Über
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
In diesem Verzeichnis speichert LyX alle systemweiten Konfigurationsdateien,
|
|
wir werden es im weiteren
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
nennen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Was befindet sich in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
?
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Das Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
sowie seine Unterverzeichnisse enthalten eine Anzahl Dateien, mit denen
|
|
das Verhalten von LyX beeinflusst werden kann.
|
|
Diese Dateien können direkt von LyX aus über den Dialog
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
gelesen und geändert werden.
|
|
Fast alles, was Sie möglicherweise an LyX ändern wollen, können Sie hier
|
|
einstellen.
|
|
Jedoch können auch viele interne Dinge in LyX angepasst werden, indem man
|
|
diverse andere Dateien in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
verändert.
|
|
Sie sind in verschiedene Kategorien unterteilt, die in den folgenden Unterabsch
|
|
nitten behandelt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Automatisch erzeugte Dateien
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Diese Dateien werden automatisch bei der Konfiguration von LyX erzeugt.
|
|
Sie enthalten verschiedene Standardwerte, die durch Untersuchung des Systems
|
|
ermittelt werden.
|
|
Normalerweise sollte man sie nicht verändern, da sie jederzeit von LyX
|
|
überschrieben werden können.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
lyxrc.defaults
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
enthält Standardwerte für diverse Befehle.
|
|
Einstellungen, die Ihnen nicht zusagen, können einfach über
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
verändert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
packages.lst
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
enthält eine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
|
|
listung aller LaTeX-Pakete, die von LyX erkannt wurden.
|
|
Derzeit wird diese Liste von LyX selber nicht benutzt, jedoch ist die Informati
|
|
on, zusammen mit einigem anderen, über den Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
LaTe
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
X
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Konfiguration
|
|
\family default
|
|
zugänglich.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
textclass.lst
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
ist eine Liste mit den im Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
gefundenen Textklassen, zusammen mit den entsprechenden LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen
|
|
und einer kurzen Beschreibung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
doc/LaTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XConfig.lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
wird bei der Konfiguration aus der Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LaTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XConfig.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
lyx.in
|
|
\family default
|
|
erzeugt.
|
|
Jeder Eintrag der Form
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
@chk_bla@
|
|
\family default
|
|
wird dabei durch
|
|
\emph on
|
|
yes
|
|
\emph default
|
|
oder
|
|
\emph on
|
|
no
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ersetzt, je nachdem, ob das Paket
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
bla
|
|
\family default
|
|
gefunden wurde.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Verzeichnisse
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
bind/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Dieses Verzeichnis enthält Dateien mit der Endung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
In ihnen werden die Tastenkombinationen festgelegt, mit denen Sie Menüs
|
|
öffnen und Bearbeitungsoperationen direkt starten können.
|
|
Falls eine Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$LANG_xxx.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
mit einer an die internationalisierte Version von LyX angepassten Tastenbelegun
|
|
g existiert, wird diese bevorzugt geladen.
|
|
Näheres dazu finden Sie in
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "cha:Internationales-LyX"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
clipart/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Hier sind einige PostScript-Bilder gespeichert, die Sie in Ihre Dokumente
|
|
einbinden können.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
doc/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Enthält die Dateien der LyX-Dokumentation (einschließlich der, die Sie
|
|
gerade lesen).
|
|
Eine kleine Ausnahmestellung hat die bereits beschriebene Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LaTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XConfig.lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Auch hier wird eine übersetzte Version mit dem Vorsatz
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$LANG_
|
|
\family default
|
|
vor dem Dateinamen zuerst gesucht und, falls vorhanden, geladen.
|
|
Siehe dazu
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "cha:Internationales-LyX"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
examples/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Enthält Beispieldateien, die erläutern, wie Sie die unterschiedlichen Möglichke
|
|
iten von LyX nutzen können.
|
|
Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Beispiele
|
|
\family default
|
|
im Dateiauswahlmenü, um in dieses Verzeichnis zu gelangen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
images/[math/]
|
|
\family default
|
|
Enthält Bilddateien, die von der Dialogbox
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Aufzählungszeichen
|
|
\family default
|
|
im Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Do\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ku\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ment
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
benötigt werden.
|
|
Außerdem finden Sie hier die unterschiedlichen Icons für die Werkzeugleiste
|
|
und das Bild für den Startbildschirm.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
kbd/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Hier sind die Definitionsdateien für die Tastaturbelegung gespeichert.
|
|
Näheres dazu finden Sie im
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Internationale-Tastaturtabellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
layouts/
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Hier werden die in
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "cha:Installieren-neuer-Textklassen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beschriebenen Layoutdateien für die unterschiedlichen Dokumentenklassen
|
|
gespeichert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyx2lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
/ Enthält Dateien, die für die Konvertierung zwischen verschiedenen LyX
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
"=
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Versionen benötigt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
scripts
|
|
\family default
|
|
/ Hier sind einige Python-Skripte abgelegt, die LyX für bestimmte interne
|
|
Operationen benötigt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
templates
|
|
\family default
|
|
/ Enthält die Vorlagendateien, die Ihnen bei
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
von
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Vorlage
|
|
\family default
|
|
präsentiert werden, siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Vorlagen-erstellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
tex/
|
|
\family default
|
|
Einige LyX-spezifische LaTeX-Textklassen- (
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cls
|
|
\family default
|
|
) und -Stildateien
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(.
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
sty
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ui/
|
|
\family default
|
|
Hier finden Sie Dateien mit der Endung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.ui
|
|
\family default
|
|
, die die Benutzerschnitt\SpecialChar \-
|
|
stel\SpecialChar \-
|
|
le von LyX festlegen, also welche Einträge
|
|
in welchen Menüs sind, und wie die Werkzeugleiste zusammengesetzt ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Dateien, die Sie nicht verändern sollten
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die folgenden Dateien werden intern von LyX verwendet.
|
|
Sie sollten im Normalfall nur von den Entwicklern editiert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
CREDITS
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
Diese Datei enthält eine Liste der Entwickler.
|
|
Ihr Inhalt wird über die Menüauswahl
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Über
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Ly
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
X
|
|
\family default
|
|
angezeigt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
chkconfig.ltx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
ist ein LaTeX-Skript, das bei der Konfiguration verwendet wird.
|
|
Starten Sie es nie direkt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
configure
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
ist das eigentliche Skript, das zur Neukonfiguration von LyX verwendet
|
|
wird.
|
|
Es erzeugt die Konfigurationsdateien in dem Verzeichnis, von dem aus es
|
|
aufgerufen wurde.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Andere Dateien
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
encodings
|
|
\family default
|
|
Die hier enthaltene Tabelle beschreibt, wie die unterschiedlichen Zeichenkodier
|
|
ungen in Unicode dargestellt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
external_templates
|
|
\family default
|
|
Diese Datei enthält die Vorlagen für das Feature
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Externes
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Modul.
|
|
Siehe dazu
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "cha:Externes-Material-einfügen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
languages
|
|
\family default
|
|
Eine Liste mit allen derzeit von LyX unterstützten Sprachen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
latexfonts
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Diese Datei enthält Informationen über die unterstützen LaTeX-Schriften.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
layouttranslations
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Diese Datei enthält Übersetzungen für lokalisierbare Absatzstile (siehe
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:I18n"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
unicodesymbols
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Diese Datei enthält Informationen über Unicode-kodierte Glyphen (Zeichen)
|
|
und die Art und Weise, wie diese in LyX mit Hilfe von LaTeX unterstützt
|
|
werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Das lokale Konfigurationsverzeichnis
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eventuell benutzen Sie LyX als normaler Benutzer und wollen dennoch einige
|
|
Einstellungen der Konfiguration ändern.
|
|
Zu diesem Zweck gibt es ein benutzereigenes Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
, in dem Ihre gesamte persönliche Konfiguration gespeichert wird.
|
|
Der Name dieses Verzeichnisses wird als
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Benutzerverzeichnis
|
|
\emph default
|
|
in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Über
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
\family default
|
|
angezeigt.
|
|
Dieses Verzeichnis wird als Spiegelung des systemweiten Verzeichnisses
|
|
verwendet.
|
|
Das bedeutet, dass jede Datei, die Sie dort speichern, die entsprechende
|
|
Datei im Systemverzeichnis ersetzt.
|
|
Jede der im vorigen Abschnitt beschriebenen Konfigurationsdateien kann
|
|
sich entweder im Systemverzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder aber in Ihrem privaten Verzeichnis befinden.
|
|
Im ersten Fall gelten die Einstellungen für alle Benutzer, im zweiten Fall
|
|
nur für Sie.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dies lässt sich an einigen Beispielen leichter erklären:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Um eine LyX Version älter als 1.1.6 umzukonfigurieren, musste der Benutzer
|
|
zunächst die Datei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
LyXDir/lyxrc.example
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Note Note
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HHa: wie bereits im Benutzerhandbuch erwähnt, ist URL eine einfache Möglichkeit,
|
|
um Schreibmaschinenformat umzubrechen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/lyxrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
kopieren und diese dann manuell editieren.
|
|
Neuere Versionen von LyX lesen diese Datei zwar noch, wenn sie in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
gefunden wird, aber alle Änderungen, die über den neuen Dialog
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
gemacht werden, werden in der Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
preferences
|
|
\family default
|
|
gespeichert.
|
|
Danach (das heißt wenn
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
preferences
|
|
\family default
|
|
gefunden wird) wird die alte
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
nicht mehr eingelesen und kann gelöscht werden.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Wenn Sie mit dem Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
konfigurieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
eine Neukonfiguration von LyX durchführen, werden die dabei erzeugten Dateien
|
|
in Ihrem privaten Konfigurationsverzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
gespeichert.
|
|
Das bedeutet, dass ab sofort etwaige neue Dokumentenklassen, die Sie in
|
|
Ihrem Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/layouts
|
|
\family default
|
|
gespeichert haben, im Feld
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokumentklasse
|
|
\family default
|
|
des Dialoges
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
erscheinen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Falls Sie irgendwelche Dateien für neue LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen in einem
|
|
Verzeichnis installiert haben, das LaTeX über die Umgebungsvariable
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
TEX\SpecialChar \-
|
|
IN\SpecialChar \-
|
|
PUTS
|
|
\family default
|
|
findet, können auch diese in LyX verwendet werden.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
vorausgesetzt, es gibt auch eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei dafür.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Wenn Sie sich von einem LyX-FTP-Server eine aktuellere Version (oder zum
|
|
Beispiel diese deutsche Version) der Dokumentation besorgt haben, sie aber
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph on
|
|
offiziell
|
|
\emph default
|
|
installieren können, da Sie keine Systemadministratorrechte haben, können
|
|
Sie diese Dateien einfach nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/doc
|
|
\family default
|
|
kopieren, und sie werden automatisch über das
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Menü geöffnet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
LyX mit mehreren Konfigurationen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die hochgradige Konfigurierbarkeit von LyX durch das lokale Verzeichnis
|
|
wird für diejenigen nicht ausreichend sein, die parallel mehrere unterschiedlic
|
|
he Konfigurationen verwenden wollen, zum Beispiel unterschiedliche Tastaturkürze
|
|
l und/oder Druckerkonfigurationen.
|
|
Sie können dies durch das Anlegen von mehreren Konfigurationsverzeichnissen
|
|
erreichen und LyX jeweils beim Start mitteilen, welches davon verwendet
|
|
werden soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Indem Sie LyX mit der Option
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
-userdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\emph on
|
|
<verzeichnis>
|
|
\family default
|
|
\emph default
|
|
starten, erreichen Sie, dass die Konfiguration aus diesem Verzeichnis anstelle
|
|
des Standardverzeichnisses gelesen wird (das Standardverzeichnis ermitteln
|
|
Sie, indem Sie LyX ohne diese Option starten).
|
|
Falls das so angegebene Verzeichnis noch nicht existiert, fragt LyX genau
|
|
wie beim ersten Start nach, ob es angelegt werden soll.
|
|
Die Konfiguration in diesem Verzeichnis können Sie dann wie im Normalfall
|
|
in LyX verändern, die Einstellungen im Standardverzeichnis werden aber
|
|
nicht verändert -- beide Verzeichnisse sind völlig unabhängig.
|
|
Anstelle der Kommandozeilenoption können Sie übrigens auch die Umgebungsvariabl
|
|
e
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LYX_USERDIR_20x
|
|
\family default
|
|
auf das zu verwendende Verzeichnis setzen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Unterschiedliche Konfigurationsverzeichnisse bedeuten aber auch zusätzlichen
|
|
Aufwand: Wenn Sie etwa eine neue Layoutdatei in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/layouts
|
|
\family default
|
|
hinzufügen und diese für alle Konfigurationen sichtbar sein soll, müssen
|
|
Sie sie in
|
|
\emph on
|
|
allen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Verzeichnissen separat hinzufügen.
|
|
Sie können das jedoch mit einem Trick umgehen: Nachdem LyX das neue UserDir
|
|
angelegt hat, sind praktisch alle Unterverzeichnisse (siehe oben) leer.
|
|
Sie können also all diese Verzeichnis durch einen symbolischen Link auf
|
|
das entsprechende Verzeichnis im originalen
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir
|
|
\family default
|
|
ersetzen.
|
|
Lediglich mit dem Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
doc
|
|
\family default
|
|
müssen Sie vorsichtig sein, denn dort wird eine Datei durch das Konfigurationss
|
|
kript (
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
konfigurieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
) abgelegt, die konfigurationsabhängig ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Der Dialog Werkzeuge
|
|
\family sans
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
Ei
|
|
\family sans
|
|
nstellungen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Formate
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Formate"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Als ersten Schritt müssen Sie Ihre Dateiformate definieren, wenn das nicht
|
|
bereits passiert ist.
|
|
Dazu öffnen Sie
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Dateiformate
|
|
\family default
|
|
und klicken auf
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Neu
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Das
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Feld enthält den Namen, unter dem das Format im GUI identifiziert wird.
|
|
Im Feld
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einsortieren
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
als
|
|
\family default
|
|
steht der Name, mit dem das Format intern identifiziert wird.
|
|
Außerdem muss eine
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dateiendung
|
|
\family default
|
|
festgelegt werden.
|
|
Diese drei Felder sind erforderlich.
|
|
Zusätzlich kann ein
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Tastenkürzel
|
|
\family default
|
|
definiert werden.
|
|
Zum Beispiel ruft
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+D
|
|
\family default
|
|
das Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
DVI
|
|
\family default
|
|
auf.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ein Format kann ein
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Bearbeitungsprogramm
|
|
\family default
|
|
und ein
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Anzeigeprogramm
|
|
\family default
|
|
haben.
|
|
Am Beispiel von JPEG-Dateien steht bei mir in beiden Feldern
|
|
\family sans
|
|
gimp
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Was bei Ihnen steht, hängt von der Software-Ausstattung Ihres PCs ab.
|
|
Zum Definieren des Befehls können auch die vier Variablen aus dem nächsten
|
|
Abschnitt benutzt werden.
|
|
Das
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Bearbeitungsprogramm
|
|
\family default
|
|
wird aufgerufen, wenn Sie nach einem Rechtsklick auf ein Bild
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
extern
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bearbeiten
|
|
\family default
|
|
auswählen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Der MIME-Typ
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MIME (
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
|
|
\emph default
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
) ist ein Kodierstandard, der ursprünglich entwickelt wurde, um die Struktur
|
|
und den Aufbau von E-Mails festzulegen.
|
|
Er wird mittlerweile aber auch zur generellen Bestimmung von Dateiformaten
|
|
eingesetzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
eines Formats muss nicht zwingend angegeben werden, wenn er aber angegeben
|
|
wird, dann sollte dies einheitlich über alle Formatvarianten hinweg geschehen.
|
|
Der MIME-Typ wird verwendet, um ein Dateiformat über den Dateiinhalt zu
|
|
erkennen.
|
|
Für einige wichtige Dateiformate wurde von der zuständigen Organisation
|
|
(
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
|
LatexCommand href
|
|
name "IANA"
|
|
target "http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) noch kein offizielles MIME-Typ festgelegt.
|
|
LyX verwendet daher die erweiterte inoffizielle Liste, die von
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
|
LatexCommand href
|
|
name "freedesktop.org"
|
|
target "http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
festgelegt wurde.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokumentformat
|
|
\family default
|
|
angekreuzt ist, weiß LyX, dass das Format für den Dokumentexport geeignet
|
|
ist.
|
|
Wenn dann auch noch ein geeigneter Konverter existiert (siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Konverter"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), wird das Format unter
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Exportieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
erscheinen.
|
|
Außerdem wird es im Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Ansicht
|
|
\family default
|
|
erscheinen, wenn ein
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Anzeigeprogramm
|
|
\family default
|
|
angegeben wurde.
|
|
Reine Grafikformate wie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
png
|
|
\family default
|
|
sollten diese Option nicht benutzen, dagegen aber Formate, die sowohl Vektorgra
|
|
fiken als auch Dokumente repräsentieren wie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die Option
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Vektorgrafik-Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
sagt LyX, dass ein Format Vektorgrafiken ent\SpecialChar \-
|
|
halten kann.
|
|
Diese Information wird dazu benutzt, um ein Zielformat für eingefügte Grafiken
|
|
für den
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdflatex
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Export zu bestimmen.
|
|
Eingefügte Grafiken müs\SpecialChar \-
|
|
sen nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
png
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
jpg
|
|
\family default
|
|
konvertiert werden, weil
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdflatex
|
|
\family default
|
|
keine anderen Grafikformate handhaben kann.
|
|
Hat eine eingefügte Grafik bereits eines der Formate, wird sie nach pdf
|
|
konvertiert, wenn
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Vektorgrafik-Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
angekreuzt ist, sonst nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
png
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Kopierer
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Weil alle Konvertierungen im temporären Verzeichnis von LyX stattfinden,
|
|
muss eine Datei manchmal geändert werden bevor sie ins temporäre Verzeichnis
|
|
kopiert wird, damit die Konvertierung durchgeführt werden kann.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Wenn die Datei beispielsweise auf andere Dateien mit relativen Pfaden verweist
|
|
-- vielleicht Bilder -- und diese Pfade beim Kopieren ungültig werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Das macht ein Kopierer: er kopiert eine Datei ins (oder vom) temporären
|
|
Verzeichnis und ändert sie dabei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die Definitionen der Kopierer können vier Variablen benutzen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$s
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist das Systemverzeichnis von LyX (zum Beispiel
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/usr/local/bin/
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$i
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Eingabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$o
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Ausgabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
$$b
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Basisname (ohne Dateinamenerweiterung), wie er im temporären LyX-Verzeichni
|
|
s verwendet wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
$$p
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist der vollständige Dateipfad des temporären LyX-Verzeichnisses.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
$$r
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist der vollständige Dateipfad der LyX-Datei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
$$f
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist der Dateiname der LyX-Datei (ohne Verzeichnispfad).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$l
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LaTeX-Name
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
Dies sollte der Dateiname sein, den LaTeX im
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
include
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Befehl benutzt.
|
|
Er ist nur dann relevant, wenn die expor\SpecialChar \-
|
|
tier\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ten Dateien für den Befehl
|
|
geeignet sind.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Kopierer können benutzt werden, um
|
|
\emph on
|
|
fast
|
|
\emph default
|
|
alles mit Ausgabedateien zu machen.
|
|
Wenn Sie zum Beispiel
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Dateien in ein spezielles Verzeichnis kopieren wollen, können Sie ein Shell-Skr
|
|
ipt wie folgt schreiben:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#!/bin/bash
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
FROMFILE=$1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
TOFILE=`basename $2`
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
cp $FROMFILE /home/you/pdf/$TOFILE
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Speichern Sie das Skript ausführbar in Ihrem lokalen LyX-Verzeichnis --
|
|
etwa
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/home/you/lyx/scripts/pdfkopierer.sh
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Dann wählen Sie in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Ein\SpecialChar \-
|
|
stel\SpecialChar \-
|
|
lun\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Dateiformate
|
|
\family default
|
|
das Format
|
|
\family sans
|
|
PDF
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(pdflatex)
|
|
\family default
|
|
und tragen im Kopierer-Feld
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdfkopierer.sh $$i $$o
|
|
\family default
|
|
ein.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Kopierer werden von LyX in vielen eigenen Konvertierungen benutzt.
|
|
Wenn auf dem PC geeignete Programme installiert sind, wird LyX automatisch
|
|
Kopierer für
|
|
\family sans
|
|
HTML
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family sans
|
|
HTML
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(MS
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Word)
|
|
\family default
|
|
installieren.
|
|
Wenn diese Formate exportiert werden,
|
|
\emph on
|
|
sieht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
der Kopierer, dass nicht nur die Haupt-HTML-Datei, sondern auch verschiedene
|
|
zugehörige Dateien (Stildateien, Bilder usw.) kopiert werden müssen.
|
|
All diese Dateien werden in ein Unterverzeichnis des Verzeichnisses geschrieben
|
|
, in dem die LyX-Datei steht.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Kopierer können angepasst werden.
|
|
Der optionale Parameter
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
-e
|
|
\family default
|
|
kann eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von Erweiterungen enthalten, die
|
|
mitkopiert werden sollen.
|
|
Wenn es fehlt, werden alle Dateien kopiert.
|
|
Der Parameter
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
-t
|
|
\family default
|
|
bestimmt die Namenserweiterung, die an den erzeugten Verzeichnisnamen angehängt
|
|
werden soll.
|
|
Standardmäßig ist es
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Xconv
|
|
\family default
|
|
, so dass die aus
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Datei.lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
erzeugte HTML-Datei im Unterverzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Datei.html.Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Xconv
|
|
\family default
|
|
landet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Konverter
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Konverter"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sie können eigene Konverter in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Ein\SpecialChar \-
|
|
stel\SpecialChar \-
|
|
lun\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Kon\SpecialChar \-
|
|
verter
|
|
\family default
|
|
definieren.
|
|
Dazu wählen aus
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Von
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family sans
|
|
In
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Format
|
|
\family default
|
|
jeweils eins aus, schreiben den benötigten Befehl ins Feld
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Konverter
|
|
\family default
|
|
und klicken auf
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hinzufügen
|
|
\family default
|
|
rechts oben.
|
|
Sie können im Befehl mehrere Variablen benutzen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$s
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist das Systemverzeichnis von LyX (zum Beispiel
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/usr/local/bin/
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$i
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Eingabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$o
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Ausgabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$b
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Dateiname ohne Erweiterung (siehe Linux-Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
basename
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$p
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Pfad zur Eingabedatei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$r
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Pfad zur ursprünglichen Eingabedatei.
|
|
Wenn eine Kette von Konvertern aufgerufen wird, weicht er von
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$p
|
|
\family default
|
|
ab.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ins Feld Zusatz-Flag können Sie folgende, durch Kommata getrennte, Flags
|
|
schrei\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ben:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
Damit ein besonderer LaTeX-Lauf gestartet, der die LaTeX-Fehlermel\SpecialChar \-
|
|
dun\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gen
|
|
von LyX verfügbar macht.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
needaux
|
|
\family default
|
|
benötigt die LaTeX-Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
xyz.aux
|
|
\family default
|
|
zur Konvertierung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
nice
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benötigt eine
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
schöne
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Datei, also eine, die so aussieht, wie die, die man über das Menü exportiert
|
|
(ohne interne Hilfsbefehle wie
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
input@path
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
xml
|
|
\family default
|
|
Damit wird die Ausgabe im XML-Format gespeichert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die folgenden Flags sind keine richtigen, weil sie ein Argument der Form
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
key=value
|
|
\family default
|
|
benutzen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
parselog
|
|
\family default
|
|
Wenn das gesetzt ist, wird der Standardfehler des Konverters in die Datei
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
infile.out
|
|
\family default
|
|
umgeleitet, und das Skript wird so ausgeführt:
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
script
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
infile.out
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
infile.log
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Das Argument kann
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$s
|
|
\family default
|
|
ent\SpecialChar \-
|
|
halten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
resultdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Name des Verzeichnisses, in dem der Konverter die erzeugten Dateien
|
|
ablegen soll.
|
|
LyX wird das Verzeichnis nicht anlegen und auch nichts hineinkopieren,
|
|
aber dieses Verzeichnis an seinen Bestimmungs\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ort kopieren.
|
|
Das Argument darf
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$b
|
|
\family default
|
|
enthalten, was durch die Basisnamen von Ein- oder Ausgabedatei ersetzt
|
|
wird, wenn das Verzeichnis kopiert wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Beachten Sie, das
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
resultdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
usetempdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
zusammen keinen Sinn machen.
|
|
Wenn das erste definiert wurde, wird das zweite ignoriert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
resultfile
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Name der Ausgabedatei und darf
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$$b
|
|
\family default
|
|
enthalten.
|
|
Er wird nur zusammen mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
resultdir
|
|
\family default
|
|
benutzt und ist auch da nur optional.
|
|
Wenn er nicht angegeben wird, wird
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
index
|
|
\family default
|
|
benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Keines dieser Flags wird zur Zeit in einem Konverter benutzt, der zusammen
|
|
mit LyX installiert wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sie müssen nicht für alle Formate, zwischen denen Sie konvertieren wollen,
|
|
Konverter definieren.
|
|
Zum Beispiel gibt es keinen Konverter von LyX nach PostScript, aber LyX
|
|
wird PostScript exportieren.
|
|
Dies geschieht, indem zunächst eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugt wird -- dafür wird
|
|
auch kein Konverter benötigt --, die dann mit dem Konverter von LyX nach
|
|
DVI in eine DVI-Datei konvertiert wird, die schließlich nach PostScript
|
|
konvertiert wird.
|
|
LyX findet solche Konverter-Ketten automatisch und wird immer die kürzeste
|
|
finden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Trotzdem können Sie Mehrfachkonversionen zwischen Dateiformaten definieren.
|
|
Zum Beispiel liefert die Standardkonfiguration von LyX fünf Möglichkeiten,
|
|
um von LaTeX nach PDF zu konvertieren:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
direkt mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdflatex
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ps2pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
über DVI und PostScript
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
dvipdfm
|
|
\family default
|
|
über DVI
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
direkt mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
XeTeX
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
direkt mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LuaTeX
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Um andere Ketten zu definieren, müssen Sie andere Ziel-
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Dateiformate
|
|
\emph default
|
|
definieren, wie in
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Formate"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beschrieben.
|
|
Zum Beispiel enthält die Standardkonfiguration verschiedene Formate für
|
|
pdf-Dateien, die
|
|
\family sans
|
|
pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ps2pdf
|
|
\family default
|
|
),
|
|
\family sans
|
|
pdf2
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
pdflatex
|
|
\family default
|
|
),
|
|
\family sans
|
|
pdf3
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
dvipdfm
|
|
\family default
|
|
),
|
|
\family sans
|
|
pdf4
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
XeTeX
|
|
\family default
|
|
) und
|
|
\family sans
|
|
pdf5
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LuaTeX
|
|
\family default
|
|
) heißen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Internationales LyX
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "cha:Internationales-LyX"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Anmerkung des Übersetzers: Dieses Kapitel behandelt zwei Themenbereiche.
|
|
Einmal wird in
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Eine-andere-Sprache"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Tastaturkürzel-für-andere"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erklärt, wie man LyX mitteilt, dass man in einer fremdsprachlichen Umgebung
|
|
arbeitet.
|
|
Der überwiegende Rest des Kapitels erläutert, wie man LyX an eine neue
|
|
Sprache anpasst, das heißt wie man es übersetzt.
|
|
Da diese Arbeiten für eine deutsche Umgebung bereits erledigt wurden, dürfte
|
|
dieser Teil des Kapitels für die Leser dieser Übersetzung weitgehend uninteress
|
|
ant sein.
|
|
Die letzten beiden Abschnitte,
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Internationale-Tastaturbelegung"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Internationale-Tastaturtabellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, waren bei der Übersetzung noch nicht ganz up to date.
|
|
(Leif Albers)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
LyX kann mit übersetzten Versionen seiner Benutzerschnittstelle arbeiten.
|
|
Als dieser Text erstellt wurde, waren über den normalen englischen Text
|
|
Anpassungen für 23 Sprachen Bestandteil der LyX-Distribution.
|
|
Die von Ihnen benutze Sprache zeigt Ihnen der Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
locale
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
(Für weitere Informationen über
|
|
\emph on
|
|
locale
|
|
\emph default
|
|
-Definitionen ist die Manpage
|
|
\emph on
|
|
locale(5)
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ein guter Startpunkt.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Bitte beachten Sie, dass diese Übersetzungen zwar funktionieren, aber oft
|
|
ein paar Einschränkungen unterliegen.
|
|
Insbesondere wurde das Design der Popup-Menüs auf den englischen Text zugeschni
|
|
tten.
|
|
Das bedeutet, dass der übersetzte Text an einigen Stellen mehr Platz benötigt
|
|
als dort zur Verfügung steht.
|
|
Dies ist natürlich nur ein Darstellungsproblem und schränkt nicht die Funktions
|
|
weise von LyX ein.
|
|
Sie werden auch feststellen, dass einige Übersetzungen nicht für alle Menüpunkt
|
|
e Tastenkürzel definieren.
|
|
Manchmal stehen einfach nicht genügend freie Buchstaben zur Verfügung,
|
|
manchmal hatte der Übersetzer einfach bisher keine Zeit, sich darum zu
|
|
kümmern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wir werden versuchen, diese Dinge in einer späteren Version zu korrigieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Eine andere Sprache für die Schnittstelle auswählen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Eine-andere-Sprache"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Normalerweise erfolgt die gesamte Benutzerführung in der Sprache, die in
|
|
der Umgebungsvariablen
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LANG
|
|
\family default
|
|
gesetzt wurde.
|
|
Um eine andere Sprache auszuwählen, müssen Sie die Umgebungsvariable
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LANG
|
|
\family default
|
|
ändern.
|
|
Benutzen Sie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
setenv LANG xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
in csh-kompatiblen und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
export LANG=xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
in sh-kompatiblen Shells.
|
|
Ersetzen Sie dabei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
durch den Zwei-Buchstaben-Code der Sprache, die Sie verwenden möchten --
|
|
zum Beispiel
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
de
|
|
\family default
|
|
für deutsch.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Noch besser wäre es,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LANG
|
|
\family default
|
|
auf den Wert de_DE zu setzen, da andere Programme (zum Beispiel KDE) nach
|
|
DE suchen, oder sogar den vollständigen Wert de_DE.iso88591
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Normalerweise werden Sie den passenden Befehl in eine der Startdateien einfügen,
|
|
also zum Beispiel in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
~/.Xsession
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
~/.xinitrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
~/.bashrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
, damit die übersetzte Schnittstelle automatisch benutzt wird.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass all dies
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
funktioniert, wenn Sie LyX mit der Option
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
--disable\SpecialChar \-
|
|
nls
|
|
\family default
|
|
kompiliert haben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Tastaturkürzel für andere Sprachen anpassen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Tastaturkürzel-für-andere"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ein Hauptgrund für Inkonsistenzen in übersetzten LyX-Versionen ist die Tatsache,
|
|
dass alle Tastaturkürzel für die Menüfunktionen ursprünglich auf den englischen
|
|
Text zugeschnitten wurden.
|
|
Das heißt, unabhängig vom tatsächlichen Menüeintrag wird das Kürzel
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+Umschalt+N
|
|
\family default
|
|
das Popup
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
new-file-from-template
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
new-file-from-template
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der LyX-interne Befehl, der das Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
von
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Vorlage
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
auswählt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
öffnen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es ist allerdings einfach, dies zu ändern, da alle Tastenkürzel für die
|
|
Menüfunktionen in einer einzigen Datei definiert werden, in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir/bind/menus.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Jeder Anwender kann eine eigene Version dieser Datei in sein privates LyX-Verze
|
|
ichnis (
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
~/.lyx/bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
) kopieren und verändern.
|
|
Diese wird anstelle der systemweiten Datei eingelesen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In diesem privaten Verzeichnis kann man die Definitionen einfach ändern,
|
|
zum Beispiel von
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+Umschalt+N
|
|
\family default
|
|
nach
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+D+V
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
von
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Vorlage
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
).
|
|
Für einige Sprachen existieren schon angepasste Versionen
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir/bind/
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
_me\SpecialChar \-
|
|
nus.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
(
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
bezeichnet den Code der Sprache).
|
|
Diese werden von LyX automatisch benutzt, sofern sie existieren (und Ihre
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
locale
|
|
\emph default
|
|
auf
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
$LANG=
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
gesetzt wurde).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sie müssen darauf achten, dass neue Definitionen nicht mit anderen, vorangehende
|
|
n Definitionen kollidieren.
|
|
Beispielsweise würde die oben genannte Definition von
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+D+V
|
|
\family default
|
|
für Benutzer, die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
emacs.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
verwenden, eine Fehlermeldung erzeugen, denn in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
emacs.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
wird
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Strg+D
|
|
\family default
|
|
bereits als
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
word-delete-forward
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
word-delete-forward
|
|
\family default
|
|
löscht das Wort rechts vom Cursor.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
definiert.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In LyX Version 1.0 werden die übersetzten Namen der Hauptmenüs (die in den
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
po
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Dateien stehen) für den Tastendefinitions-Mechanismus verwendet -- deshalb
|
|
müssen auch in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
menus.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
übersetzten
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Menünamen verwendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
LyX übersetzen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Die Benutzerschnittstelle übersetzen (Textmeldungen)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
LyX verwendet die GNU-gettext-Bibliothek, um die Internationalisierung der
|
|
Benutzerschnittstelle zu verwalten.
|
|
Um LyX dazu zu bringen, in allen Menüs und Dialog-Boxen Ihre Lieblingssprache
|
|
zu verwenden, müssen Sie eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
po
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei für diese Sprache erstellen.
|
|
Anschließend müssen Sie daraus eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
mo
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei erzeugen und diese installieren.
|
|
Eine umfassende Anleitung dazu finden Sie in der Dokumentation für GNU
|
|
gettext
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Natürlich nur auf englisch.
|
|
Die Veränderungen, die an der
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
po
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei durchgeführt werden müssen, sind allerdings recht intuitiv.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Kurz gesagt müssen folgende Veränderungen durchgeführt werden (
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
bezeichnet den Sprachencode der neuen Sprache):
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Kopieren Sie die Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyx.pot
|
|
\family default
|
|
in das Verzeichnis der .po-Dateien.
|
|
Benennen Sie anschließend die Datei in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
.po
|
|
\family default
|
|
um.
|
|
(Falls
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyx.pot
|
|
\family default
|
|
nicht existiert, kann sie mit dem Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
make
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
lyx.pot
|
|
\family default
|
|
neu erzeugt werden.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Editieren Sie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
xx.po
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Für diese Aufgabe gibt es spezielle Programme, wie
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Poedit
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für alle Plattformen) oder
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
KBabel
|
|
\family default
|
|
(für KDE).
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Emacs
|
|
\family default
|
|
hat ebenfalls einen Modus, der Sie bei dieser Arbeit unterstützt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Für einige Menü- und Widgetfunktionen gibt es Tastenkürzel, die ebenfalls
|
|
übersetzt werden sollten.
|
|
Diese Tasten werden mit '
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
' markiert und sollten passend mitübersetzt werden.
|
|
Es gibt ein Prolog-Programm namens
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
scgen.pl
|
|
\family default
|
|
, das sich im Quellverzeichnis in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LYX\SpecialChar \-
|
|
SOURCE\SpecialChar \-
|
|
DIR/development/tools/
|
|
\family default
|
|
befindet.
|
|
Vielleicht hilft es Ihnen bei der Bestimmung der Tastenkürzel.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass XForms (zumindest die Version 0.86) nur 7-Bit-Zeichen
|
|
als Tastenkürzel verarbeiten kann.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Sie sollten auch das Informationsfeld am Anfang der neuen po-Datei ausfüllen
|
|
(mit Ihrer EMail-Adresse, usw.), damit Sie für andere Leute erreichbar sind,
|
|
die Ihnen Vorschläge oder unterhaltsame Flames schicken möchten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Erzeugen Sie in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/lyx.pot
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
mit dem Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
make up\SpecialChar \-
|
|
date-gmo
|
|
\family default
|
|
die Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
.gmo
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Installieren Sie die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
gmo
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei mit dem Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
su -c 'make install'
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Um eine neue
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
po
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei zu der LyX-
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Distribution
|
|
\emph default
|
|
hinzuzufügen, müssen eine Reihe von Dateien (Konfigurations-Skripts und
|
|
mehr) verändert werden.
|
|
Aber dank der gettext-Bibliothek ist ein Einbinden in den LyX-Quellcode
|
|
für den Anwender unnötig.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn Sie eine Übersetzung für eine Sprache erstellt haben, die LyX zur Zeit
|
|
noch nicht unterstützt, sollten Sie uns ruhig ein Patch mit Ihrer Datei
|
|
zusenden.
|
|
Wie man ein Patch erstellt, erfahren Sie in der README-Datei im Verzeichnis
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Die Dokumentation übersetzen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
[Anmerkung des Übersetzers:
|
|
\emph default
|
|
wenn
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Sie die Dokumentation übersetzen wollen, benutzen Sie als Vorlage auf jeden
|
|
Fall das englische Original.
|
|
Übersetzungen -- diese eingeschlossen -- sind oft nicht ganz auf dem neuesten
|
|
Stand.
|
|
-LA]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Auch die Online-Dokumentation (im
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Menü) kann (und sollte!) übersetzt werden.
|
|
Wenn übersetzte Versionen verfügbar sind
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Derzeit (November 2006) sind praktisch alle Texte bis auf
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LaTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
X-Konfiguration
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ins Deutsche übersetzt.
|
|
Andere Sprachen sind in Arbeit.
|
|
Die Bibliothek an übersetzten Texten wächst ständig.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
locale
|
|
\emph default
|
|
entsprechend gesetzt wurde, werden diese automatisch von LyX benutzt.
|
|
Zur Zeit sind Übersetzungen in etwa 20 Sprachen vorhanden.
|
|
LyX sucht nach übersetzten Versionen in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir/doc/
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
_DocName.lyx
|
|
\family default
|
|
, wobei wie immer
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
für das entsprechende Sprach\SpecialChar \-
|
|
kür\SpecialChar \-
|
|
zel steht, das in der Umgebungsvariablen
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
LANG
|
|
\family default
|
|
gesetzt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Falls solche Dateien nicht existieren, wird die englische Version verwendet.
|
|
Auch die übersetzten Versionen müssen (bis auf das
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series bold
|
|
xx
|
|
\series default
|
|
_
|
|
\family default
|
|
) den gleichen (englischen) Dateinamen (im Beispiel oben
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
DocName
|
|
\family default
|
|
) tragen wie die englischen Originale.
|
|
Wenn Sie gerne die Dokumentation übersetzen möchten (übrigens ein guter
|
|
Weg, um die Originale Korrektur zu lesen!), hier ein paar Tipps, die Ihnen
|
|
möglicherweise etwas Arbeit ersparen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Werfen Sie einen Blick auf die Seiten des Übersetzungsteams auf der Homepage
|
|
des LyX-Entwickler-Teams:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
http://www.lyx.org/Translation
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Dort erfahren Sie, welche Texte bereits in Ihre Sprache übersetzt sind,
|
|
auch sehen Sie, ob jemand (und wenn ja, wer) die Übersetzungsaktivitäten
|
|
koordiniert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn Sie dann mit der eigentlichen Übersetzungsarbeit beginnen, sind hier
|
|
einige Tipps, die Ihnen vielleicht helfen, einige Schwierigkeiten zu überwinden
|
|
:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Machen Sie im Dokumentationsteam mit! Informationen dazu gibt es in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einführung
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Dies ist übrigens das erste Dokument, das Sie übersetzen sollten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Machen Sie sich mit den typographischen Konventionen der Sprache vertraut,
|
|
in die Sie übersetzen möchten.
|
|
Typographie ist eine alte Kunst, und in vielen Teilen der Welt wurden verschied
|
|
ene Konventionen eingeführt.
|
|
Auch sollten Sie die typographische Terminologie in Ihrem Land lernen.
|
|
Eine eigene Terminologie würde nur die Leser verwirren.
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
(Warnung: Typographie macht süchtig!)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Legen Sie eine Kopie des Originaldokumentes an.
|
|
Von Zeit zu Zeit wird die Originalversion erneuert.
|
|
Sie können beispielsweise CVSweb auf der LyX-Entwickler-Seite im WWW verwenden
|
|
um zu sehen, was sich verändert hat.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Alternativ können Sie auch lokal eine Kopie des (englischen) Ausgangstextes
|
|
aufbewahren und diese dann mit der neuen Version vergleichen (zum Beispiel
|
|
mit dem Befehl
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
diff
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Wann immer Sie einen Fehler im Originaltext entdecken, korrigieren Sie ihn
|
|
und teilen dem Rest des Dokumentationsteams Ihre Veränderungen mit.
|
|
(Sie haben nicht vergessen, dem Dokumentationsteam beizutreten, oder?)
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Auch die Originaldokumentation ist nicht komplett.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Internationale Tastaturbelegung
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Internationale-Tastaturbelegung"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Eigene Tastaturtabellen definieren: das
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Keymap
|
|
\emph default
|
|
-Dateiformat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sehen wir uns einmal die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Keymap
|
|
\emph default
|
|
-Datei ein wenig näher an.
|
|
Es handelt sich um eine ASCII-Datei, in der folgendes definiert wird:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformationen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Tote
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Tasten -- sogenannte
|
|
\emph on
|
|
dead keys
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Ausnahmen für tote Tasten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Zur Definition einer Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformation dient
|
|
folgender Befehl:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmap Taste Ausgabe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
wobei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Taste
|
|
\family default
|
|
die zu übersetzende Taste bezeichnet und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\family default
|
|
die Taste oder den String, der dafür in das Dokument eingefügt werden soll.
|
|
Eine tote Taste definiert man mit:
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Taste Tote-Taste
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
wobei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Taste
|
|
\family default
|
|
wieder eine Taste auf der Tastatur bezeichnet und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Tote-Taste
|
|
\family default
|
|
der Name einer toten Taste ist.
|
|
LyX unterstützt folgende toten Tasten (Abkürzungen in Klammern):
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Name
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Beispiel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
acute (acu)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
áéíóú
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
grave (gra)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
àèìòù
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
macron (mac)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ō
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
tilde (til)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ñÑ
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
underbar (underb)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
b o
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
cedilla (ced)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
çÇ
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
underdot (underd)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
d o
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
circumflex (circu)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
âêîôû
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
circle (circl)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ÅůŮ
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
tie (tie)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
t oo
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
breve (bre)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ă
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
u o
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
caron (car)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
čšž
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
hungarian umlaut (hug)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
őű
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
umlaut (uml)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
äöü
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
dot (dot)
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ż
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
.s
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Da es auf vielen internationalen Tastaturen Ausnahmen dafür gibt, wie eine
|
|
bestimmte tote Taste das folgende Zeichen verändern soll, können diese
|
|
definiert werden, und zwar mit:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Tote-Taste Taste Ausgabe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Zum Beispiel soll caron-o auf einer slowakischen Tastatur ein circumflex-o
|
|
erzeugen.
|
|
Dies erreicht man mit:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quotation
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
caron o "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
^o"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Auch müssen für die Buchstaben i und j Ausnahmen definiert werden, um den
|
|
Punkt zu löschen, bevor ein Akzent eingefügt wird.
|
|
Ich werde dies beizeiten ändern, hatte aber bisher noch keine Zeit dazu.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ach so, zur Definition der Ausgabe: Der Backslash
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist ein Sonderzeichen.
|
|
Um ihn einzugeben, muss man einen doppelten Backslash
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
eingeben.
|
|
Auch das Anführungszeichen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
"
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und das Doppelkreuz
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
haben eine andere Bedeutung.
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
bezeichnet einen Kommentar, Anführungszeichen markieren den Anfang und
|
|
das Ende eines Strings (das heißt einer LaTeX-Befehlssequenz).
|
|
Um diese Zeichen einzugeben, muss ein Backslash vorangestellt werden (also:
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
).
|
|
Wenn Sie eine funktionierende Keymap-Datei für eine neue Sprache angefertigt
|
|
haben, mailen Sie diese bitte an das Entwickler-Team, damit sie in die
|
|
nächste Distribution integriert werden kann.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In Zukunft werden auch noch folgende Befehle unterstützt:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kinclude Dateiname
|
|
\family default
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
bindet eine andere Datei ein
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kprog
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Programm
|
|
\family default
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
definiert ein externes Keymap-Programm
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Auch sollte es die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc-D
|
|
\family default
|
|
atei nach Voreinstellungen durchsuchen (zum Beispiel nach einer Option
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kinclude
|
|
\family default
|
|
, um eine Standardtastatur zu verwenden).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Internationale Tastaturtabellen:
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Keymaps
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Internationale-Tastaturtabellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die nächsten beiden Abschnitte beschreiben detailliert die Syntax der
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
- und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Dateien.
|
|
Diese Abschnitte sollten Ihnen dabei helfen, Ihre eigene Tastaturtabelle
|
|
zu entwerfen, wenn die vorhandenen nicht ganz Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Die-.kmap-Datei"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine
|
|
\family sans
|
|
\shape up
|
|
.
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
-Datei transformiert gedrückte Tasten zu Buchstaben oder Strings (Zeichenketten)
|
|
-- es definiert ein
|
|
\emph on
|
|
keyboard mapping
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
Im Folgenden werden die Schlüsselwörter
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
,
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kcomb
|
|
\family default
|
|
beschrieben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\shape up
|
|
kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
Transformiere einen Buchstaben zu einem String
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmap
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen Ausgabe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieser Ausdruck definiert, dass
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
zu
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\emph default
|
|
transformiert werden soll.
|
|
Dabei müssen in
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\emph default
|
|
die Zeichen Backslash
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und Anführungszeichen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
"
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
mit einem vorangehenden Backslash versehen werden.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Als Beispiel ein Ausdruck, der das Zeichen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ausgibt, wenn die Taste
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
&
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gedrückt wurde:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmap & /
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\shape up
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
Spezifiziere ein Akzentzeichen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen Akzent erlaubt
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieser Ausdruck wird dafür sorgen, dass
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
als ein bestimmter
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent
|
|
\emph default
|
|
interpretiert wird, und zwar bei allen Zeichen, die in
|
|
\emph on
|
|
erlaubt
|
|
\emph default
|
|
aufgeführt sind.
|
|
Dies ist der Mechanismus toter Tasten
|
|
\emph on
|
|
(dead keys).
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Der Ausdruck
|
|
\emph on
|
|
tote
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Taste
|
|
\emph default
|
|
kommt daher, dass diese Taste allein kein Zeichen erzeugt, aber, gefolgt
|
|
von einer anderen Taste, akzentuierte Zeichen erzeugt.
|
|
Zum Beispiel kann auf diese Weise é
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erzeugt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Wenn Sie die Taste
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
drücken, gefolgt von einem Zeichen, das
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
in
|
|
\emph on
|
|
erlaubt
|
|
\emph default
|
|
aufgeführt wurde, werden einfach beide Zeichen einzeln ausgegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Der folgende Ausdruck definiert, dass die Taste
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
^
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der circumflex-Akzent wird, wenn er von einem der Buchstaben a, e, i, o,
|
|
u, A, E, I ,O oder U gefolgt wird:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod ^ circumflex aeiouAEIOU
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
Definiere eine Ausnahme zu einem Akzentzeichen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kxmod
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent Zeichen Ausgabe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieser Ausdruck definiert eine Ausnahme für die Wirkung, die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent
|
|
\emph default
|
|
in Verbin\SpecialChar \-
|
|
dung mit
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
haben soll.
|
|
Dabei muss
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent
|
|
\emph default
|
|
vorher mit Hilfe einer
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Zeile einer Taste zugewiesen worden sein.
|
|
Wenn Sie die Sequenz
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent, Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
drücken, wird
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\emph default
|
|
produziert.
|
|
Falls solch eine Definition
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
existiert, und Sie
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent, Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
eingeben, erhalten Sie das
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Zeichen
|
|
\emph default
|
|
-- akzentuiert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Der folgende Ausdruck sorgt dafür, dass LaTeX bei einem
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
i
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
mit circumflex den I-Punkt entfernt, bevor das Akzentsymbol eingefügt wird:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kxmod circumflex i "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
^{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
i}"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
kcomb
|
|
\family default
|
|
Kombiniere zwei Akzentsymbole
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kcomb
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent1 Akzent2 erlaubt
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Hier wird es ziemlich esoterisch.
|
|
Dieser Ausdruck erlaubt die Kombination der Effekte von
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent1
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent2
|
|
\emph default
|
|
(in dieser Reihenfolge!) bei allen
|
|
\emph on
|
|
erlaubten
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Zei\SpecialChar \-
|
|
chen.
|
|
Die Bedeutungen von
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent1
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Akzent2
|
|
\emph default
|
|
müssen zuvor mit Hilfe von
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod
|
|
\family default
|
|
definiert worden sein.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Folgendes Beispiel aus der Datei
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
greek.kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kmod : umlaut iyIY
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
kcomb acute umlaut iyIY
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Diese Zeilen erlauben es,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
;:i
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
einzugeben und auf diese Weise
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"{i}}
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zu erzeugen (
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"{i}}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
In diesem Fall löscht die Backspace-Taste das letzte gedrückte Zei\SpecialChar \-
|
|
chen.
|
|
Wenn Sie also
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
;:
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Backspace
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
i
|
|
\family default
|
|
eingeben, erhalten Sie
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'(i)
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'i
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Nachdem LyX die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.kmap
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei verarbeitet hat, erklärt eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei, wie die einzelnen Symbole im gegenwärtigen Zeichensatz dargestellt
|
|
werden sollen.
|
|
Die LyX-Dis\SpecialChar \-
|
|
tri\SpecialChar \-
|
|
bu\SpecialChar \-
|
|
tion enthält wenigstens die Dateien
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
iso8859-1.cdef
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\shape up
|
|
iso8859-
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
2.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Generell besteht eine
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.
|
|
\shape up
|
|
cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
-Datei aus einer Reihe von Deklarationen der folgenden Form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Position_im_Zeichensatz String
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Um beispielsweise dem String (
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Ausgabe
|
|
\emph default
|
|
im vorigen Abschnitt)
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
'{e}
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
das ent\SpecialChar \-
|
|
spre\SpecialChar \-
|
|
chen\SpecialChar \-
|
|
de Zeichen im ISO-8859-1 Zeichensatz (233) zuzuweisen, benutzt
|
|
man folgenden Ausdruck:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
233 "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{e}"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wieder müssen den Zeichen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
"
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ein Backslash vorangestellt werden.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass es durchaus möglich ist, dass dasselbe Zeichen (sinnvoll)
|
|
zwei verschiedene Strings repräsentieren kann.
|
|
Zum Beispiel in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
i
|
|
\shape up
|
|
so-8859-7.cdef
|
|
\family default
|
|
\shape default
|
|
gibt es die Zeilen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
192 "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"{i}}"
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
192 "
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
'{i}}"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn LyX kein passendes Zeichen für einen String finden kann, der durch
|
|
eine Tastensequenz erzeugt wurde, wird es versuchen, falls der String wie
|
|
ein akzentuierter Buchstabe aussieht, auf dem Bildschirm den Buchstaben
|
|
mit Akzent selbst zu zeichnen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Tote Tasten definieren
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Anmerkung des Übersetzers: An dieser Stelle weiche ich krass vom Original
|
|
ab.
|
|
Der englische Text ist hier viel zu weitschweifig und ein bisschen konfus.
|
|
-LA
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es gibt noch eine zweite Möglichkeit, internationale Buchstaben mit Hilfe
|
|
von
|
|
\emph on
|
|
toten
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Tasten (dead keys)
|
|
\emph default
|
|
zu erzeugen -- nämlich direkt in der
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.bind
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei.
|
|
Dazu ein einfaches Beispiel:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen eine Zirkumflex-Taste.
|
|
Diese können Sie definieren, indem Sie in der
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc-D
|
|
\family default
|
|
atei folgende Zeile einfügen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
bind "asciicircum" "accent-circumflex"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dabei ist
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
asciicircum
|
|
\family default
|
|
die Bezeichnung, die das X11-System für die
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
^
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Taste verwendet.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Die Bezeichnungen anderer Symbole lassen sich ganz gut aus einer c-Include-Datei
|
|
namens
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
keysymdef.h
|
|
\family default
|
|
ablesen.
|
|
Meist findet man sie in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
/usr/X11/include/X11/
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
accent-circum\SpecialChar \-
|
|
flex
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist ein LyX-Befehl, der den Zirkumflex-Akzent erzeugt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Leider unterscheidet sich die Wirkungsweise der toten Tasten, die in
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.lyxrc
|
|
\family default
|
|
definiert wurden, merklich von der, die in
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand vref
|
|
reference "sub:Die-.kmap-Datei"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beschrieben wurde.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Ihre Sprachkonfiguration einstellen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Sie können Ihre
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc-D
|
|
\family default
|
|
atei so verändern, dass Ihre gewünschte Sprachumgebung automatisch geladen
|
|
wird, wenn LyX gestartet wird.
|
|
Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt Befehle, die folgendes spezifizieren:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Standard-, erste und zweite Tastaturbelegung
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Zeichensatzkodierung
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In Ihrer
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
lyxrc-D
|
|
\family default
|
|
atei finden Sie verschiedene Beispiele, wie man sie konfigurieren kann.
|
|
Zum Beispiel können Sie einen Eintrag für eine Tastaturbelegung folgendermaßen
|
|
vornehmen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
bind "american" "keymap-primary"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
eine tote Taste
|
|
\emph on
|
|
(dead key)
|
|
\emph default
|
|
definieren:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
bind "Alt+," "accent-cedilla"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
oder eine Zeichensatzkodierung festlegen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
# Die Norm für die Bildschirmzeichensätze
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
# Voreinstellung ist iso8859-1.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
font_norm iso8859-2
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "cha:Installieren-neuer-Textklassen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie beim Installieren neuer Layout-
|
|
und Vorlagedateien vorgehen müssen, außerdem auch eine kleine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
|
|
frischung,
|
|
wie man neue Dokumentenklassen für LaTeX korrekt installiert.
|
|
Zunächst ein paar Definitionen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Dokumentenklasse
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ist eine LaTeX-Datei (normalerweise mit der Endung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.cls
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.sty
|
|
\family default
|
|
), die das Format einer speziellen Art von Dokument beschreibt, etwa Artikel,
|
|
Brief usw., und auch alle dazu notwendigen Befehle definiert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Layout-Datei
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ist eine LyX-Datei, die einer LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse ent\SpecialChar \-
|
|
spricht und LyX
|
|
mitteilt, wie die diversen Formatelemente am Bildschirm dar\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ge\SpecialChar \-
|
|
stellt werden
|
|
sollen, damit der Eindruck möglichst gut dem späteren Druckbild entspricht.
|
|
Genauer gesagt beschreibt eine Layoutdatei eine
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Textklasse
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, das interne Konstrukt, welches LyX verwendet, um den Text am Bildschirm
|
|
darzustellen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Layout
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Textklasse
|
|
\emph default
|
|
sind somit in gewisser Weise äquivalent, aber es ist besser, die Datei
|
|
als Layout zu bezeichnen und die interne Realisation im Speicher von LyX
|
|
als Textklasse.
|
|
Eine Vorlage ist einfach ein LyX-Dokument, welches bereits einige vordefinierte
|
|
Einträge für eine bestimmte Textklasse enthält.
|
|
Derartige Vorlagen sind beispielsweise für Briefe oder Artikel für Zeitschrifte
|
|
n sehr hilfreich.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Bei manchen TeX-Installationen fehlt möglicherweise das eine oder andere
|
|
Paket, das Sie gerne mit LyX verwenden würden.
|
|
Zum Beispiel wollen Sie FoilTeX verwenden, ein Paket zur Erstellung von
|
|
Dias und Folien für Overheadprojektoren.
|
|
Moderne LaTeX-Distributionen wie TeXLive (2008 oder neuer) oder MiKTeX
|
|
besitzen ein grafisches Programm um solche Pakete zu installieren.
|
|
Z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
bei MiKTeX starten Sie das Programm
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Package
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Manager
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
um eine Liste mit den verfügbaren Paketen zu bekommen.
|
|
Um eines davon zu installieren, rechts-klicken Sie oder benutzen den entspreche
|
|
nden Werkzeugleistenknopf.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Falls Ihre LaTeX-Distribution keinen Paketmanager besitzt, oder falls das
|
|
Paket nicht direkt über Ihre Distribution verfügbar ist, folgen Sie diesen
|
|
Schritten um es manuell zu installieren:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Besorgen Sie sich das Paket von
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
|
LatexCommand href
|
|
name "CTAN"
|
|
target "http://www.ctan.org/"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder einer anderen Quelle.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Falls das Paket eine Datei mit der Endung
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.ins
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
enthält (was bei FoilTeX der Fall ist), dann öffnen sie eine Kommandozeile
|
|
wechseln in das Verzeichnis der Datei und führen den Befehl
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
latex foiltex.ins
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
aus.
|
|
Sie haben damit dass Paket entpackt und haben alle Dateien um es zu installiere
|
|
n.
|
|
Die meisten LaTeX-Pakete sind nicht gepackt und man kann direkt mit der
|
|
Installation beginnen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Nun müssen Sie entscheiden, ob das Paket für alle Nutzer oder nur für Sie
|
|
verfügbar sein soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Bei *nix Systemen (Linux, OSX, etc.), wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer
|
|
installieren möchten, installieren Sie es in den lokalen TeX Ordner; anderenfal
|
|
ls installieren Sie es in dein eigenen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Benutzer
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-TeX Ordner.
|
|
Wo man diese Ordner anlegt, sofern sie nicht schon existieren, hängt von
|
|
Ihrem System ab.
|
|
Dazu schauen Sie in die Datei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
texmf.cnf
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Diese befindet sich normalerweise im Ordner
|
|
\family sans
|
|
$TEXMF/web2c
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Falls nicht, führen Sie den Befehl
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
kpsewhich texmf.cnf
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
aus, um sie zu lokalisieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Ort des lokalen TeX Ordners ist in der Variable
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TEXMFLOCAL
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert; es ist üblicherweise der Pfad
|
|
\family sans
|
|
/usr/local/share/texmf/
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Der Ort des Benutzer-TeX Ordners ist in der Variable
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TEXMFHOME
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert und ist üblicherweise der Pfad
|
|
\family sans
|
|
$HOME/texmf/
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
(Wenn diese Variablen nicht vordefiniert sind, müssen Sie diese selbst
|
|
definieren.) Sie brauchen wahrscheinlich Root-Rechte um in den lokalen TeX
|
|
Ordner zu schreiben, beim Benutzer-TeX Ordner ist die nicht nötig.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Allgemein empfiehlt es sich, Pakete in den Benutzer-TeX Ordner zu installieren,
|
|
da dieser nicht verändert oder gar überschrieben wird, wenn Sie ihr System
|
|
aktualisieren.
|
|
Des Weiteren wird er zusammen mit Ihren Nutzerdaten gesichert, wenn Sie
|
|
ein Backup machen (was Sie natürlich regelmäßig tun).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Bei Windows, wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer installieren möchten, gehen
|
|
Sie in den Ordner, in dem LaTeX installiert ist und wechseln dort in das
|
|
Verzeichnis
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~tex
|
|
\backslash
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
(Verwendet man MiKTeX, wäre es standardmäßig der Ordner
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~:
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Programme
|
|
\backslash
|
|
MiKTeX
|
|
\backslash
|
|
tex
|
|
\backslash
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
.) Legen Sie dort einen neuen Ordner mit dem Namen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
foiltex
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
an und kopieren Sie alle Dateien das Pakets hinein.
|
|
Wenn das Paket nur für den aktuellen Benutzer verfügbar sein soll bzw.
|
|
Sie keine Administrator-Rechte haben, tun Sie dasselbe, aber im lokalen
|
|
LaTeX-Ordner.
|
|
Z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
bei MiKTeX
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
2.9 wäre das unter WinXP der Ordner
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~:
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Dokumente und Einstellungen
|
|
\backslash
|
|
<Benutzername>
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Anwendungsdaten
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~:
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
MiKTeX
|
|
\backslash
|
|
2.9
|
|
\backslash
|
|
tex
|
|
\backslash
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, unter WinVista wäre es der Ordner
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
~:
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Users
|
|
\backslash
|
|
<Benutzername>
|
|
\backslash
|
|
AppData
|
|
\backslash
|
|
Roaming
|
|
\backslash
|
|
2.9
|
|
\backslash
|
|
MiKTeX
|
|
\backslash
|
|
tex
|
|
\backslash
|
|
latex
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Jetzt muss man LaTeX nur noch mitteilen, dass es neue Dateien gibt.
|
|
Die ist je nach LaTeX-Distribution anders:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Bei TeXLive führen Sie von einer Kommandozeile den Befehl
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
texhash
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
aus.
|
|
Wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer installiert haben, brauchen sie dazu
|
|
wahrscheinlich Root-Rechte.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Bei MiKTeX, wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer installiert haben, starten
|
|
Sie das Programm
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Settings
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(Admin)
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und drücken dann auf den Kopf
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Refresh FNDB
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Anderenfalls starten Sie das Programm
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Settings
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und machen dasselbe.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Nun muss man LyX noch mitteilen, dass es neue Pakete gibt.
|
|
Verwenden Sie dazu in LyX das Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
konfigurieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
und starten LyX danach neu.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Nun ist das Paket installiert.
|
|
In unserem Beispiel wird nun die Dokumentklasse
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Slides
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(FoilTe
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
x)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
im Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Dokumentklasse
|
|
\family default
|
|
verfügbar sein.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Möchten sie eine LaTeX-Dokumentklasse verwenden, die generell nicht im Menü
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Dokumentklasse
|
|
\family default
|
|
gelistet ist, müssen Sie dafür selbst ein
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erstellen.
|
|
Dies ist das Thema des nächsten Abschnitts.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Layout-Dateitypen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This section describes the various sorts of LyX files that contain layout
|
|
information.
|
|
These files describe various paragraph and character styles, determining
|
|
how LyX should display them and how they should be translated into LaTeX,
|
|
DocBook, XHTML, or whatever output format is being used.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
We shall try to provide a thorough description of the process of writing
|
|
layout files here.
|
|
However, there are so many different types of documents supported even
|
|
by just LaTeX that we can't hope to cover every different possibility or
|
|
problem you might encounter.
|
|
The LyX users' list is frequented by people with lots of experience with
|
|
layout design who are willing to share what they've learned, so please
|
|
feel free to ask questions there.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
As you prepare to write a new layout, it is extremely helpful to look at
|
|
the layouts distributed with LyX.
|
|
If you write a LyX layout for a LaTeX document class that might also be
|
|
used by others, or write a module that might be useful to others, then
|
|
you should consider posting your layout to the
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
|
LatexCommand href
|
|
name "layout section on the LyX wiki"
|
|
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Layouts/Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or even to the LyX developers' list, so that it might be included in LyX
|
|
itself.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note that LyX is licensed under the General Public License, so any material
|
|
that is contributed to LyX must be similarly licensed.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Layout Module
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Layout-Module"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
We have spoken to this point about `layout files'.
|
|
But there are different sorts of files that contain layout information.
|
|
Layout files, strictly so called, have the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
extension and provide LyX with information about document classes.
|
|
As of LyX 1.6, however, layout information can also be contained in layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
modules
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, which have the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
extension.
|
|
Modules are to LaTeX packages much as layouts are to LaTeX classes, and
|
|
some modules—such as the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
endnotes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
module—specifically provide support for one package.
|
|
In a sense, layout modules are similar to included
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
These can have any extension, but by convention have the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
extension.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
files—files like
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdsections.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
—in that modules are not specific to a given document class but may be used
|
|
with many different classes.
|
|
The difference is that using an included file with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
article.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
requires editing that file.
|
|
Modules, by contrast, are selected in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dialog.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Building modules is the easiest way to get started with layout editing,
|
|
since it can be as simple as adding a single new paragraph style or flex
|
|
inset.
|
|
But modules may, in principle, contain anything a layout file can contain.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
After creating a new module and copying it to the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
layouts/
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
folder, you will need to reconfigure and then restart LyX for the module
|
|
to appear in the menu.
|
|
However, changes you make to the module will be seen immediately, if you
|
|
open
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, highlight something, and then hit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
OK
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
It is strongly recommended that you save your work before doing this
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
In fact,
|
|
\emph on
|
|
it is strongly recommended that you not attempt to edit modules while simultaneo
|
|
usly working on actual documents
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
Though of course the developers strive to keep LyX stable in such situations,
|
|
syntax errors and the like in your module file could cause strange behavior.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
|
Lokales Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Modules are to LyX as packages are to LaTeX.
|
|
Sometimes, however, you find yourself wanting a specific inset or character
|
|
style just for one document and writing a module that will also be available
|
|
to other documents makes little sense.
|
|
What you need is LyX's
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Local Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
You will find it under
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Local Layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
The large text box allows you to enter anything that you might enter in
|
|
a layout file or module.
|
|
You can think of a document's local layout, in fact, as a module that belongs
|
|
just to it.
|
|
So, in particular, you must enter a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag.
|
|
Any format is acceptable, but one would normally use the format current
|
|
at the time.
|
|
(In LyX 2.1, the current layout format is 48.) You should be aware that local
|
|
layout is not supported by versions of LyX prior to 1.6, so you should not
|
|
use it if you want to be able to export your document to LyX 1.5 or earlier
|
|
(without, that is, losing the local layout information).
|
|
If you wish to be able to export to 1.6---local layout is supported in 1.6,
|
|
though there is no UI for it---then you should use format 11 and, of course,
|
|
use only layout constructs that were available in LyX 1.6.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
When you have entered something in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Local Layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
pane, LyX will enable the
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Validate
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
button at the bottom.
|
|
Clicking this button will cause LyX to determine whether what you have
|
|
entered is valid layout information for the chosen format.
|
|
LyX will report the result but, unfortunately, will not tell you what errors
|
|
there might have been.
|
|
These will be written to the terminal, however, if LyX is started from
|
|
a terminal.
|
|
You will not be permitted to save your local layout until you have entered
|
|
something valid.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The warnings at the end of the previous section apply here, too.
|
|
Do not play with local layout while you are actually working, especially
|
|
if you have not saved your document.
|
|
That said, using local layout with a test document can be a very convenient
|
|
way to try out layout ideas, or even to start developing a module.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Layout für
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.sty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Dateien
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
There are two situations you are likely to encounter when wanting to support
|
|
a new LaTeX document class, involving style (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.sty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) files and LaTeX2e class (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) .
|
|
Supporting a style file is usually fairly easy.
|
|
Supporting a new class file is a bit harder.
|
|
We'll discuss the former in this section and the latter in the next.
|
|
Similar remarks apply, of course, if you want to support a new DocBook
|
|
DTD.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The easier case is the one in which your new document class is provided
|
|
as a style file that is to be used in conjunction with an already supported
|
|
document class.
|
|
For the sake of the example, we'll assume that the style file is called
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
myclass.sty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and that it is meant to be used with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
report.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, which is a standard class.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Start by copying the existing class's layout file into your local directory:
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Of course, which directory is your local directory will vary by platform,
|
|
and LyX allows you to specify your local directory on startup, too, using
|
|
the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
-userdir
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/myclass.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Then edit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
myclass.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and change the line:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTeXClass{report}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
to read
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTeXClass[report, myclass.sty]{report (myclass)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Then add:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
usepackage{myclass}
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
near the top of the file.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Start LyX and select
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Reconfigure
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Then restart LyX and try creating a new document.
|
|
You should see "
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
report (myclass)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
" as a document class option in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Settings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dialog.
|
|
It is likely that some of the sectioning commands and such in your new
|
|
class will work differently from how they worked in the base class—
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
report
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in this example—so you can fiddle around with the settings for the different
|
|
sections if you wish.
|
|
The layout information for sections is contained in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdsections.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, but you do not need to copy and change this file.
|
|
Instead, you can simply add your changes to your layout file, after the
|
|
line
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Input stdclass.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, which itself includes
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdsections.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
For example, you might add these lines:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Style Chapter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Family Sans
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
EndFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
to change the font for chapter headings to sans-serif.
|
|
This will override (or, in this case, add to) the existing declaration
|
|
for the Chapter style.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Your new package may also provide commands or environments not present in
|
|
the base class.
|
|
In this case, you will want to add these to the layout file.
|
|
See
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Das-Layout-Dateiformat"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for information on how to do so.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
If
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
myclass.sty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
can be used with several different document classes, and even if it cannot,
|
|
you might find it easiest just to write a module that you can load with
|
|
the base class.
|
|
The simplest possible such module would be:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLyXModule{My Package}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#DescriptionBegin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#Support for mypkg.sty.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#DescriptionEnd
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Format 35
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
usepackage{mypkg}
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A more complex module might modify the behavior of some existing constructs
|
|
or define some new ones.
|
|
Again, see
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Das-Layout-Dateiformat"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for discussion.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Layout für
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Dateien
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
There are two possibilities here.
|
|
One is that the class file is itself based upon an existing document class.
|
|
For example, many thesis classes are based upon
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
book.cls
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
To see whether yours is, look for a line like
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
LoadClass{book}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
in the file.
|
|
If so, then you may proceed largely as in the previous section, though
|
|
the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
DeclareLaTeXClass
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
line will be different.
|
|
If your new class is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
thesis
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and it is based upon
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
book
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, then the line should read:
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
And it will be easiest if you save the file to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
thesis.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: LyX assumes that the document class has the same name as the layout file.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTeXClass[thesis,book]{thesis}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
If, on the other hand, the new class is not based upon an existing class,
|
|
you will probably have to
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
roll your own
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
layout.
|
|
We strongly suggest copying an existing layout file which uses a similar
|
|
LaTeX class and then modifying it, if you can do so.
|
|
At least use an existing file as a starting point so you can find out what
|
|
items you need to worry about.
|
|
Again, the specifics are covered below.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Vorlagen erstellen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Vorlagen-erstellen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Once you have written a layout file for a new document class, you might
|
|
want to consider writing a
|
|
\emph on
|
|
template
|
|
\emph default
|
|
for it, too.
|
|
A template acts as a kind of tutorial for your layout, showing how it might
|
|
be used, though containing dummy content.
|
|
You can of course look at the various templates included with LyX for ideas.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Templates are created just like usual documents: using LyX.
|
|
The only difference is that usual documents contain all possible settings,
|
|
including the font scheme and the paper size.
|
|
Usually a user doesn't want a template to overwrite his preferred settings
|
|
for such parameters.
|
|
For that reason, the designer of a template should remove the corresponding
|
|
commands like
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
font_roman
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
papersize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
from the template LyX file.
|
|
This can be done with any simple text-editor, for example
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
vi
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
notepad
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Put the edited template files you create in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UserDir/templates/
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, copy the ones you use from the global template directory in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LyXDir/templates/
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
to the same place, and redefine the template path in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Paths
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dialog.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note, by the way, that there is a template which has a particular meaning:
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
defaults.lyx
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This template is loaded every time you create a new document with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
New
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in order to provide useful defaults.
|
|
To create this template from inside LyX, all you have to do is to open
|
|
a document with the correct settings, and use the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Save as Document Defaults
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
button.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Alte Layout-Dateien auf den neuesten Stand bringen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Das Format der Layout-Dateien ändert sich mit jeder LyX-Version.
|
|
Daher müssen die Layout-Dateien in das neue Format konvertiert werden.
|
|
Wenn LyX eine Layout-Datei eines älteren Formats liest, ruft es automatisch
|
|
das Skript
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
layout2layout.py
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf um es in eine temporäre Datei im aktuellen Format zu konvertieren.
|
|
Die Originaldatei wird nicht verändert.
|
|
Wenn Sie die Layout-Datei öfter verwenden, dann können Sie sie permanent
|
|
in das neue Format konvertieren, so dass LyX dies nicht jedes Mal tun muss.
|
|
Um das zu tun, machen sie Folgendes:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Benennen Sie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeineKlasse.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeineKlasse.alt
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
um.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Rufen Sie den Befehl
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
python LyXDir/scripts/layout2layout.py myclass.old myclass.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf.
|
|
Wobei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LyXDir
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der Name Ihres LyX Systemverzeichnisses ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Beachten Sie, das manuelle Konvertierungen keine eingefügten Dateien mit
|
|
konvertieren.
|
|
Diese müssen separat konvertiert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Das Layout-Dateiformat
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Das-Layout-Dateiformat"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die folgenden Abschnitte beschreiben wie Layout-Dateien aufgebaut sind und
|
|
erstellt werden.
|
|
Wir empfehlen bei der Erstellung von Layouts langsam zu beginnen und sich
|
|
Stück für Stück vorzuarbeiten.
|
|
Es ist nicht wirklich schwer, jedoch sind die möglichen Optionen manchmal
|
|
etwas erschlagend, besonders wenn man zu viele davon auf einmal ausprobiert.
|
|
Am einfachsten ist es, wenn man bestehende Layout-Dateien von LyX als Beispiel
|
|
nimmt oder diese umgestaltet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Beachten Sie dass alle Tags in Layout-Dateien nicht durch Groß- und Kleinschreib
|
|
ung zu unterscheiden sind.
|
|
Das bedeutet dass
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
StYlE
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
derselbe Tag sind.
|
|
Die möglichen Argumente für die Tags sind hinter ihnen in eckigen Klammern
|
|
angegeben.
|
|
Das voreingestellte Argument ist
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
hervorgehoben
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Wenn das Argument einen Datentyp hat wie
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
string
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
float
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, wird die Voreinstellung so angezeigt:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=
|
|
\emph on
|
|
default
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Deklaration einer neuen Textklasse und Klassifikation
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Zeilen, die mit einem
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
beginnen, sind Kommentare.
|
|
Mit einer Ausnahme: alle Textklassen sollten mit Zeilen ähnlich wie den
|
|
folgenden beginnen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
zu Deutsch: Löschen Sie die folgenden Zeilen nicht, da die Konfiguration
|
|
davon abhängt
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaT
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\size default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
\size small
|
|
eXClass{Article (Standard Class)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareCategory{Articles}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die zweite und dritte Zeile wird benötigt, wenn Sie LyX konfigurieren.
|
|
Die Textklassen-Datei wird von dem LaTeX-Skript
|
|
\family sans
|
|
chkconfig.ltx
|
|
\family default
|
|
gelesen, und zwar in einem speziellen Modus, in dem
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
#
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Zeichen ignoriert werden.
|
|
Die erste Zeile ist einfach ein LaTeX-Kommentar, in der zweiten muss die
|
|
Textklasse deklariert werden und die dritte Zeile enthält die optionale
|
|
Klassifikation der Klasse.
|
|
Eine Datei namens
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
article.layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
, die mit diesen beiden Zeilen beginnt, definiert eine Textklasse mit dem
|
|
Namen
|
|
\family sans
|
|
article
|
|
\family default
|
|
(der Name der Layout-Datei) und benutzt die LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
article.cls
|
|
\family default
|
|
(Standard ist denselben Namen wie das Layout zu verwenden).
|
|
Die Zeichenkette
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Article (Standard Class)
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, die oben erscheint, ist auch die Beschreibung, die später im Popup-Menü
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
auftaucht.
|
|
Die Kategorie (
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Articles
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
im Beispiel) wird auch im Dialog
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
verwendet: Die Textklassen weden nach diesen Kategorien gruppiert (was
|
|
üblicherweise Genres sind, typische Kategorien sind also
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Artikel
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Bücher
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Berichte
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Briefe
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Präsentationen
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Lebensläufe
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
usw.).
|
|
Wenn keine Kategorie deklariert wurde, wird die Klasse in die Gruppe
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Nicht
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kategorisiert
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getan.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Angenommen, Sie möchten Ihre eigene Textklasse schreiben, welche die LaTeX-Doku\SpecialChar \-
|
|
m
|
|
en\SpecialChar \-
|
|
tenklasse
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
article
|
|
\family default
|
|
benutzt, in der Sie aber das Aussehen der Kopfzeile verändert haben.
|
|
Wenn Sie dann Ihre Textklasse in eine Datei namens
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
myarticle.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
layout
|
|
\family default
|
|
schreiben, sollten die ersten beiden Zeilen der Datei etwa so aussehen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaT
|
|
\size default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
eXClass[article]{Article (with My Own Head
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
"-
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ings)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareCategory{Articles}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Auf diese Weise deklarieren Sie eine Textklasse
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
myarticle
|
|
\family default
|
|
, die die LaTeX
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
"=
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Dokumentklasse
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
article.cls
|
|
\family default
|
|
verwendet und (im Popup-Menü) beschrieben wird mit:
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Article (with My Own Headings)
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
Falls Ihre Textklasse auch noch von weiteren Paketen abhängt, können Sie
|
|
das so angeben:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaTe
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\size default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
\size small
|
|
XClass[article,foo.sty]{Article (with My Own Head
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
"-
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ings)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareCategory{Articles}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dadurch wird angezeigt, dass Ihre Klasse auch das Paket
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
foo.sty
|
|
\family default
|
|
verwendet.
|
|
Schließlich können Sie auch Klassen für DocBook festlegen.
|
|
Eine typische Deklaration sieht so aus:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook Article)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Diesen Deklarationen kann außerdem ein optionaler Parameter zugefügt werden,
|
|
der den Namen der Dokumentenklasse festlegt (hier ist aber keine Liste
|
|
erlaubt).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine Layout-Deklaration hat demnach die Form
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareLaT
|
|
\size default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
eXClass[class,package.sty]{Layout-Beschreibung}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\size small
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareCategory{Kategorie}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn Sie eine Textklasse nach Ihrem Geschmack erstellt haben, müssen Sie
|
|
die Datei nur noch in das Verzeichnis
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
XDir/layouts/
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder nach
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
UserDir/layouts
|
|
\family default
|
|
kopieren und unter LyX den Menüpunkt
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Neu
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
konfigurieren
|
|
\family default
|
|
auswählen.
|
|
Nach dem Neustart von LyX sollte Ihre Textklasse im Popup-Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
auswählbar sein.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Die Modul-Deklaration
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ein Modul muss mit einer Zeile wie die folgende beginnen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#
|
|
\backslash
|
|
DeclareL
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
yXModule[endnotes.sty]{Endnotes}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Das benötigte Argument in geschweiften Klammern ist der Name des Moduls,
|
|
wie es in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erscheinen soll.
|
|
Das Argument in eckigen Klammern ist optional: Es deklariert alle LaTeX-Pakete,
|
|
die das Modul benötigt.
|
|
Es ist außerdem möglich die Form
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
von->zu
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
als optionales Argument zu verwenden, das angibt, dass das Modul nur verwendet
|
|
werden kann, wenn es eine Konvertierungsmöglichkeit zwischen den Formaten
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
von
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
zu
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gibt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die Modul-Deklaration sollte gefolgt werden von Zeilen zur Beschreibung
|
|
wie den folgenden:
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Vorzugsweise in Englisch wenn das Modul als Teil von LyX veröffentlicht
|
|
werden soll.
|
|
Diese Beschreibung wird dann in LyXs Liste der zu übersetzenden Zeichenketten
|
|
erscheinen und übersetzt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#DescriptionBegin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#Adds an endnote command, in addition to footnotes.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#You will need to add
|
|
\backslash
|
|
theendnotes in TeX code where you
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#want the endnotes to appear.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#DescriptionEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#Requires: somemodule | othermodule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
#Excludes: badmodule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die Beschreibung wird in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet um dem Nutzer zu beschreiben was das Modul macht.
|
|
Die Zeile mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Requires
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird verwendet, um andere Module anzugeben, die dieses Modul verwenden
|
|
muss; die Zeile mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Excludes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird verwendet, um Module anzugeben, die mit diesem Modul nicht verwendet
|
|
werden dürfen.
|
|
Beide Zeilen sind optional und, wie gezeigt, müssen mehrere Module mit
|
|
einem
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getrennt werden.
|
|
Beachten Sie dass die benötigten Module disjunktiv behandelt werden:
|
|
\emph on
|
|
mindestens eins
|
|
\emph default
|
|
der benötigten Module muss verwendet werden.
|
|
Dementsprechend darf
|
|
\emph on
|
|
keines
|
|
\emph default
|
|
der ausgeschlossenen Modul verwendet werden.
|
|
Beachten Sie auch, dass Module durch ihren Dateinamen ohne die Dateiendung
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben werden.
|
|
Daher ist
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EinModul
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist in Wirklichkeit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EinModul.module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Dateiformat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die erste Zeile, die kein Kommentar ist, muss die Dateiformatnummer enthalten:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Nummer des Formats der Layout-Datei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieser Tag wurde mit LyX
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
1.4.0 eingeführt.
|
|
Layout-Dateien älteren LyX-Versionen haben kein explizites Format und werden
|
|
als
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Format
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
behandelt.
|
|
Das Format dieser LyX-Version ist 35.
|
|
Aber jede LyX-Version kann ältere Versionen von Layout-Dateien lesen, so
|
|
wie es ältere LyX-Dateien lesen kann.
|
|
Es gibt jedoch keine Unterstützung in ältere Formate zu konvertieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Allgemeine Parameter für Textklassen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Allgemeine-Parameter-für"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Nachfolgend allgemeine Parameter, die die Form der gesamten Dokumentklasse
|
|
beschrei\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ben.
|
|
(Dies bedeutet
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
dass sie nur in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.layout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Dateien und nicht in Modulen erscheinen müssen.
|
|
Ein Modul kann jeden Layout-Tag enthalten.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
fügt Informationen hinzu, die im
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Block ausgegeben werden, wenn das Dokument als XHTML ausgegeben wird.
|
|
Typischerweise wird dies verwendet werden, um CSS-Stilinformationen auszugeben,
|
|
aber es kann auch für alles Andere verwendet werden, dass in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zulässig ist.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AddToPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
fügt Informationen zum LaTeX-Vorspann hinzu.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
Definiert Formate die in der Anzeige von Bibliographie-Informationen verwendet
|
|
werden.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Citation-format-description"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Details.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ClassOptions
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt verschiedene globale Optionen, die von der
|
|
Dokumentenklasse unterstützt werden.
|
|
Eine detaillierte Beschreibung finden Sie in
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Der-Abschnitt-ClassOptions"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Columns
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
2
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob die Textklasse standardmäßig ein- oder zweispaltig gesetzt
|
|
wird.
|
|
Kann im Menü
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
geändert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Counter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] definiert die Eigenschaften für einen Zähler.
|
|
Wenn der Zähler noch nicht existiert, wird er erstellt; wenn er bereits
|
|
existiert, wird er modifiziert.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Details zu Zählern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Definiert den Standardzeichensatz für die Anzeige des Dokuments.
|
|
Eine genauere Beschreibung finden Sie in
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultModule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Modul>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] spezifiziert ein Modul, das standardmäßig zu dieser Dokumentklasse hinzugefügt
|
|
wird.
|
|
<Modul> ist der Dateiname ohne die Dateiendung
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Der Nutzer kann das Modul zwar immer noch entfernen, aber es bleibt von
|
|
Beginn an aktiv.
|
|
(Dies gilt nur für neue Dateien oder wenn diese Klasse für ein existierendes
|
|
Dokument gewählt wird.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Stil>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Dies ist das Layout bzw.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der Stil, der für neu angelegte Absätze verwendet wird.
|
|
Normalerweise ist das
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Fehlt dieser Eintrag, wird das erste definierte Layout verwendet; dennoch
|
|
ist es ratsam
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
anzugeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ExcludesModule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Modul>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, dass das genannte Modul (das durch den Dateinamen ohne die Endung
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
.module
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben wird) in dieser Dokumentklasse nicht benutzt werden kann.
|
|
Dies könnte in einem Journal-spezifischen Layout benutzt werden, um zum
|
|
Beispiel die Verwendung des Moduls
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
theorems-sec
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zu verhindern, das Theoreme abschnittsweise nummeriert.
|
|
Diese Marke darf
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
in einem Modul benutzt werden.
|
|
Module haben ihre eigene Methode andere Module auszuschließen (siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Layout-Module"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Float
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert ein neues Gleitobjekt.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Gleitobjekte"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Details.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Informationen, die im
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Block ausgegeben werden, wenn das Dokument als XHTML ausgegeben wird.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass dies jede vorhergehende
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Deklaration überschreibt.
|
|
(Verwenden Sie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wenn Sie Material zum Vorspann hinzufügen wollen.) Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTMLTOCSection
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Stil>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Das Layout bzw.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der Stil, der für das Inhaltsverzeichnis, das Literaturverzeichnis etc.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet werden soll, wenn das Dokument als HTML exportiert wird.
|
|
Für Artikel sollte dies normalerweise
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Section
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
sein und für Bücher
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Chapter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Wenn es nicht angegeben wird, wird LyX versuchen herauszufinden, welches
|
|
Layout zu benutzen ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
IfCounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Zähler>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ändert die Eigenschaften des angegebenen Zählers.
|
|
Wenn dieser nicht existiert, wird die Anweisung ignoriert.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Details zu Zählern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
IfStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Stil>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ändert die Eigenschaften des angegebenen Paragraphstils.
|
|
Wenn dieser nicht existiert, wird die Anweisung ignoriert.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Input
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Dateiname>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Hiermit können Sie andere Dateien einbinden, die Definitionen für Textklassen
|
|
enthalten.
|
|
Damit können Sie unnötige Mehrfachdefinitionen vermeiden.
|
|
Beispiele sind die Standard-Layout-Dateien, z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
stdclass.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, die ein Großteil der Standardlayouts enthalten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Dieser Abschnitt definiert das Layout einer Einfügung (neu).
|
|
Es kann auf eine vorhandene Einfügung angewendet werden oder eine neue,
|
|
benutzerdefinierte, zum Beispiel einen neuen Zeichenstil.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Flexible-Einfügungen-und"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
enthält weitere Einzelheiten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist ein String dessen Länge die Breite des linken Randes festlegt, zum
|
|
Beispiel
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MMMMM
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NoCounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Zähler>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Löscht einen existierenden Zähler; üblicherweise einen, der in einer eingefügt
|
|
en Datei definiert wurde.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NoFloat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Gleitobjekt>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Löscht ein vorhandenes Gleitobjekt.
|
|
Dies ist dann nützlich, wenn Sie ein Gleitobjekt, das in einer eingefügten
|
|
Datei definiert wurde, nicht verwenden wollen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NoStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Stil>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Löscht ein existierendes Layout bzw.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Stil.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
OutputFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Format>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Das Dateiformat (wie es in den LyX-Voreinstellungen definiert ist) das
|
|
von dieser Dokumentklasse erzeugt wird.
|
|
Es ist hauptsächlich nützlich wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
OutputType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
literate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt ist und man einen neuen Typ eines
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
literate
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Dokuments definieren will.
|
|
Das Format wird auf
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
docbook
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
latex
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zurückgesetzt wenn der entsprechende
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
OutputType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Parameter gefunden wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
OutputType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
lat
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ex
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
docbook
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
literate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an welche Dokumentart diese Klasse erzeugt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PackageOptions
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der zweite String gibt Optionen für das Paket im ersten String an.
|
|
Zum Beispiel lädt
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PackageOptions natbib square
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
natbib
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
mit der Option
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
square
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
(Für TeXperten: Dies bweirkt, dass LyX
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
PassOptionsToPackage{natbib}{square}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
vor dem Laden von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
natbib
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ausgibt.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PageStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
plain
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
empty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
headings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Standard-Seitenstil.
|
|
Kann im Menü
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
geändert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Definiert den Vorspann für das LaTeX-Dokument.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass dies jede vorhergehende
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AddToPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Deklaration überschreibt.
|
|
(Verwenden Sie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AddToPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wenn Sie Material zum Vorspann hinzufügen wollen.) Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Provides
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] [
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, ob die Klasse bereits die Funktion
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
liefert.
|
|
Eine Funktion ist im Allgemeinen der Name eines Paketes (z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
amsmath
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
makeidx
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) oder ein Makro (z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
url
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
boldsymbol
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "chap:Liste-von-Funktionen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für eine Liste der Funktionen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ProvidesModule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, dass dieses Layout die Funktionalität des Moduls
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
anbietet, das als Dateiname ohne die Erweiterung
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.module
|
|
\family default
|
|
angegeben wird.
|
|
Dies wird typischerweise benutzt, wenn das Layout das Modul direkt benutzt
|
|
statt den Tag
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultModule
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zu benutzen.
|
|
Es könnte auch in einem Modul benutzt werden, das eine andere Implementation
|
|
derselben Funktion liefert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Requires
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
zeigt an, ob die Klasse die Funktion
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benötigt.
|
|
Mehrfache Funktionen müssen durch Komma getrennt werden Beachten Sie, dass
|
|
Sie nur unterstützte Funktionen anfordern können.
|
|
(Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "chap:Liste-von-Funktionen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für eine Liste der Funktionen.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RightMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist ein String dessen Länge die Breite des rechten Randes festlegt, zum
|
|
Beispiel
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MMMMM
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
SecNumDepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=3
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] legt die Nummerierungstiefe fest; korrespondiert mit dem LaTeX-Zähler
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
secnumdepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sides
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
2
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob der Text standardmäßig für ein- oder für zweiseitigen Druck
|
|
gesetzt wird.
|
|
Kann im Dialog
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Einstellungen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
geändert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] definiert einen neuen Absatzstil.
|
|
Wenn er bereits existiert, werden stattdessen einige seiner Parameter neu
|
|
definiert.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für mehr über Absatzstile.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string="maketitle"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Name des Befehls oder der Umgebung, der für
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt werden soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
CommandAfter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] gibt an, wie der Dokumenttitel aussehen soll.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CommandAfter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, dass das Makro namens
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nach dem letzten Layout mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InTitle
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt werden soll.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist für den Fall, dass alle Layouts mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InTitle
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Umgebung gesetzt werden sollen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TocDepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=3
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] legt fest, bis zu welcher Tiefe das Inhaltsverzeichnis gehen soll; korrespondi
|
|
ert mit dem LaTeX-Zähler
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tocdepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Der Abschnitt
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ClassOptions
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Der-Abschnitt-ClassOptions"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Der Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ClassOptions
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann folgende Einträge enthalten:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
FontSize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string="10|11|12"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Liste verfügbarer Größen für den Hauptzeichensatz; die Einträge werden
|
|
mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getrennt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Header
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird benutzt, um die DTD-Zeile mit XML-basierten Klassen zu setzen.
|
|
Zum Beispiel PUBLIC
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Other
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Sonstige Optionen für die Dokumentenklasse, die durch Komma getrennt werden.
|
|
Sie werden in dem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
documentclass
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
-
|
|
\family default
|
|
Befehl als optionales Argument übergeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PageStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string="empty|plain|headings|fancy"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Liste verfügbarer Seitenstile; die Einträge werden mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getrennt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Der Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ClassOptions
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Einzelne Absatz-Layouts
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine Layoutbeschreibung für einen Absatz sieht wie folgt aus
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sie können mit diesem Ausdruck entweder ein neues Layout definieren oder
|
|
aber ein bereits definiertes umdefinieren.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Style
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Name
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Innerhalb des Blocks sind folgende Befehle erlaubt:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Align
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
block
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, left, right, center
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob der Text im Blocksatz linksbündig, rechtsbündig oder zentriert
|
|
gesetzt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AlignPossible
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
block
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, left, right, center
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Liste von möglichen Textausrichtungen, die durch Kommata voneinander
|
|
getrennt werden.
|
|
(Einige LaTeX-Stile verbieten bestimmte Ausrichtungen, weil sie keinen
|
|
Sinn machen.
|
|
Beispielsweise sollte in einer nummerierten Aufzählung der Text nicht rechtsbün
|
|
dig oder zentriert gesetzt werden.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Definiert Argument Nummer <int> eines Befehls\SpecialChar \slash{}
|
|
einer Umgebung, der/die im
|
|
aktuellen Stil definiert ist.
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This is useful for things like section headings, and only makes sense with
|
|
LaTeX.
|
|
Every (optional or required) argument of a command or environment -- except
|
|
for the required argument that is associated with the content of the paragraph
|
|
itself -- has a separate definition, where the number specifies the order
|
|
of the arguments.
|
|
The definition must end with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
EndArgument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
So a command with two optional arguments has:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Quote
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Argument 1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quote
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quote
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
EndArgument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quote
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
Argument 2
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quote
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Quote
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
EndArgument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Innerhalb einer
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Definition sind die folgenden Spezifikationen möglich:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[string]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The string that will appear both in the menu (to insert this argument) and
|
|
on the argument inset button (unless you also specify a separate
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
MenuString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
For the menu, you can define an accelerator by appending the respective
|
|
character to the string, divided by
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Short Title|S
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MenuString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[string]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A separate string for the menu.
|
|
You can define an accelerator by appending the respective character to
|
|
the string, divided by
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Short Title|S
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This specification is optional.
|
|
If it is not given the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
will be used instead for the menu.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Tooltip
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[string]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A longer explanatory text that appears in the tooltip when hovering over
|
|
the argument inset.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Mandatory
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Declare if this is a mandatory (1) or an optional (0) argument.
|
|
Mandatory arguments will be output empty if not given, while optional arguments
|
|
will not be output at all.
|
|
By default, mandatory arguments are delimited by
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
{...}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, while optional arguments are delimited by
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[...]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Requires
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[int=0]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Defines another argument (by its number) which this argument requires to
|
|
be output if it is itself output.
|
|
E.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
g., in LaTeX commands, optional arguments often require previous optional
|
|
arguments to be output (at least empty), as in
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
command[][Argument]{Text}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This can be achieved by the statement
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Requires 1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
innherhalb von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument 2
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftDelim
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[string]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Definiert ein eigenes linkes Begrenzungszeichen (satt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
{
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
Ein Zeilenumbruck in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<br/>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RightDelim
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[string]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Definiert ein eigenes rechtes Begrenzungszeichen (statt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
Ein Zeilenumbruck in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<br/>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultArg
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[string]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Definiert
|
|
\lang english
|
|
an argument that is inserted if and only if no user-specified arguments
|
|
were given, i.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
e.
|
|
if no argument inset has been inserted (note that also an empty argument
|
|
inset omits the DefaultArg).
|
|
Multiple arguments need to be separated by comma.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PresetArg
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[string]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Definiert
|
|
\lang english
|
|
an argument that is inserted in any case (alone or in addition to user-specifie
|
|
d arguments).
|
|
Multiple arguments need to be separated by comma.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The font used for the argument content
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
; siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The font used for the label
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
; siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Decoration
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Classic
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, Minimalistic, Conglomerate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\lang english
|
|
describes the rendering style used for the inset's frame and buttons.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
AutoInsert
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[int=0]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
If this is set to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, this argument is automatically inserted when the respective style is selected.
|
|
Currently, only one argument per style\SpecialChar \slash{}
|
|
layout can be automatically inserted.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
By default, the text entered in the LyX workarea in the respective layout
|
|
is the last (mandatory) argument of a command if the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Command
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
However, arguments with the prefix
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
post:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
are output after this workarea argument.
|
|
Note that post-argument numbering restarts at 1, so the first argument
|
|
following the workarea argument is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
post:1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Post-arguments are ignored in any other
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
than
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Command
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Argumente für Listen-
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
item
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
s (wie in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
item[foo]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) haben den Präfix
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
item:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gefolgt von der Nummer (z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument item:1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass dies alle vorhergehenden
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Dekla\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ration für diesen Stil überschreibt.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndBabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:I18n"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Details zur Verwendung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
BottomSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
float
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist eine Gleitkommazahl, wie
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
1,5
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der vertikale Abstand, der die letzte Serie von Absätzen vom folgenden
|
|
Text trennt.
|
|
Wenn der nächste Paragraph einen anderen Stil hat, werden die Abstände
|
|
nicht einfach addiert, sondern das Maximum wird verwendet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Category
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist die Kategorie für diesen Stil.
|
|
Sie wird benutzt, um zugehörige Stile in der Layout-Kombobox der Werkzeugleiste
|
|
zu gruppieren.
|
|
Jeder beliebige String kann benutzt werden, aber es ist sinnvoll vorhandene
|
|
Ka\SpecialChar \-
|
|
te\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gorien zusammen mit Ihren eigenen Stilen zu benutzen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CommandDepth
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist die Tiefe des XML-Befehls und wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CopyStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Kopiert alle Eigenschaften eines bereits definierten Layouts in das aktuelle.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DependsOn
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Name eines Stils, dessen Vorspann
|
|
\emph on
|
|
vor
|
|
\emph default
|
|
diesem ausgegeben werden soll.
|
|
Dadurch wird eine Reihenfolge von Vorspannteilen bewirkt, wenn Makro-Definition
|
|
en voneinander abhängen.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass es außer dieser Funktionalität keine andere Möglichkeit
|
|
gibt, Vorspanne zu ordnen.
|
|
Die Reihenfolge, die Sie in einer LyX-Version sehen, kann sich in späteren
|
|
Versionen ohne Warnung ändern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndLabeltype
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
No_Label
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, Box, Filled_Box, Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist der Markentyp, der am Ende eines Absatzes steht (oder mehrerer Absätze,
|
|
wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Item_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
List_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt ist).
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
No_Label
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nichts
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Filled_Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist ein weißes oder schwarzes Quadrat, das für das Markieren eines Beweisendes
|
|
geeignet ist.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist eine explizite Zeichenkette.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndLabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist eine Zeichenkette, die für einen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndLabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper
|
|
\emph on
|
|
und
|
|
\emph default
|
|
die Marke verwendet wird, siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, dann erhält
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
automatisch denselben Wert.
|
|
Daher sollte
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zuerst definiert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForceLocal
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wird benutzt um neue Stile für stabile LyX-Versionen zu konvertieren.
|
|
Die erste stabile Version, die das unterstützt ist LyX 2.1.0.
|
|
Das Argument ist eine Nummer, die entweder 0, -1 oder irgend eine Zahl
|
|
größer Null sein kann.
|
|
Wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForceLocal
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
eines Stils größer als Null ist, wird er immer in den Dokumentkopf geschrieben.
|
|
Wenn eine .lyx-Datei gelesen wird, werden die Stil-Definitionen aus dem
|
|
Dokumentkopf zur Dokumentklasse hinzugefügt.
|
|
Dadurch können sogar ältere LyX-Versionen den Stil handhaben.
|
|
Das Argument von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForceLocal
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist eine Versionsnummer: Wenn der Stil gelesen wird, und die Versionsnummer
|
|
ist kleiner als die Versionsnummer des bereits existierenden Stils der
|
|
Dokumentklasse, wird der neue Stil ignoriert.
|
|
Wenn die Versionsnummer größer ist, ersetzt der neue Stil den bestehenden.
|
|
Der Wert -1 steht für eine unendliche Versionsnummer, das heißt der Stil
|
|
wird immer benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
FreeSpacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Normalerweise erlaubt es LyX nicht, mehr als ein Leerzeichen zwischen
|
|
Wörtern einzufügen.
|
|
Diese Eigenschaft kann in bestimmten Fällen umständ\SpecialChar \-
|
|
lich sein, zum Beispiel,
|
|
wenn ein Programmcode eingegeben werden soll.
|
|
In solchen Fällen kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
FreeSpacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt werden.
|
|
LyX erzeugt in diesem Falls sich LyX nicht im LaTeX-Modus befindet, erzeugt
|
|
es für jedes zusätzliche Leerzeichen ein geschütztes Leerzeichen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTML*
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Diese Tags kontrollieren die XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InnerTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[FIXME] (Wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]Wenn auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, wird der Stil in den LaTeX-Vorspann gesetzt und nicht in den eigentlich
|
|
en Dokumenttext.
|
|
Dies ist nützlich für Dokumentklassen, die Informationen wie den Titel
|
|
und Autor im Vorspann erwarten.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass dies nur für Stile funktioniert, deren
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Command
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Paragraph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InTitle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wenn auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, wird der Stil als Teil des Titel-Abschnitts behandelt (siehe auch
|
|
die allgemeinen Textklassen-Parameter
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TitleLatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ItemCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string="item"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der LaTeX-Befehl, der ein Item in einer Liste definiert.
|
|
Dieser Befehl muss ohne den Backslash am Anfang angegeben werden (die Voreinste
|
|
llung ist ''item'', was in der LaTeX-Ausgabe
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
item
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zur Folge hat).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ItemSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ein zusätzlicher Abstand zwischen Absätzen desselben Layouts.
|
|
Wenn in einer Umgebung andere Layouts integriert werden, so werden diese
|
|
mit dem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der Umgebung getrennt.
|
|
Die kompletten Unterpunkte der Umgebung werden jedoch
|
|
\emph on
|
|
zusätzlich
|
|
\emph default
|
|
mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ItemSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getrennt.
|
|
Man beachte, dass
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ItemSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ein
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Multiplikator
|
|
\emph default
|
|
ist
|
|
\emph on
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ItemTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[FIXME] (Wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
KeepEmpty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Normalerweise ist es in LyX nicht möglich, einen Absatz leer zu lassen,
|
|
da das zu einer leeren LaTeX-Ausgabe führen würde.
|
|
In manchen Fällen ist das aber durchaus gewünscht: So können beispielsweise
|
|
in einer Briefvorlage die benötigten Felder leer voreingestellt werden,
|
|
damit keiner vergisst, sie anzugeben; in speziellen Klassen wird ein Absatz
|
|
als Unterbrechung verwendet, der keinen Text enthält.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelBottomsep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden Text.
|
|
Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die über dem folgenden Text stehen (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Centered_Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelCounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Name des Zählers zur automatischen Nummerierung.
|
|
Um den Zähler einer Marke zuzuordnen, muss er im
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
referenziert werden.
|
|
Dies funktioniert zumindest mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
en,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Above
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Centered
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Er
|
|
\emph on
|
|
kann
|
|
\emph default
|
|
angegeben werden, wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Enumerate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist.
|
|
In diesem Fall ist es etwas kompliziert: Angenommen Sie haben
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelCounter MeinZaehler
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben, dann lauten die eigentlichen Zähler
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeinZaehleri
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeinZaehlerii
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeinZaehleriii
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MeinZaehleriv
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
; so wie in LaTeX.
|
|
Diese Zähler müssen alle separat deklariert werden.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Einzelheiten zu Zählern.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Zeichensatz, der für die Marke verwendet wird.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Text der angibt, wie weit die Marke eingerückt werden soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Labelsep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Text der den horizontalen Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden
|
|
Text angibt.
|
|
Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die nicht über dem folgenden Text stehen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der String, der für den
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet wird.
|
|
Wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelCounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt wurde, kann der String spezielle Formatierungsbefehle enthalten,
|
|
wie sie in
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
be\SpecialChar \-
|
|
schrieben sind.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] wird im Anhang anstatt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass jede Definition von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auch
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zurücksetzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[FIXME] (Wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
No_Label
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, Manual, Static, Above,
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Centered, Sensitive, Enumerate,
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Itemize, Bibliography
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Manual
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet: die Marke ist das erste Wort (bis zum ersten echten Leerzeichen).
|
|
Verwenden Sie geschützte Leerzeichen wenn Sie mehr als ein Wort als Marke
|
|
haben wollen.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet: die Marke ist was als
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wurde.
|
|
Die Marke wird
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
inline
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zu Beginn des Absatzes angezeigt.
|
|
Wenn der
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist, wird sie nur im ersten Absatz von aufeinanderfolgenden Absätzen mit
|
|
demselben
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
angezeigt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Above
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Centered
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
sind Spezialfälle von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Die Marke erscheint über dem Absatz, entweder am Anfang der Zeile oder
|
|
zentriert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sensitive
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist ein Spezialfall für Beschriftungsmarken für Abbildungen und Tabellen-Gleito
|
|
bjekte.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sensitive
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, dass der gedruckte Text von der Art des Gleitobjekts abhängt:
|
|
Er ist fest einprogrammiert als 'GleitobjektTyp N', wobei N der Wert des
|
|
Zählers des Gleitobjekttyps ist.
|
|
Für den Fall, dass die Beschriftungsmarke außerhalb eines Gleitobjekts
|
|
eingefügt wird, erscheint der
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
als
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Sinnlos!
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Enumerate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erzeugt die üblichen Marken für Nummerierungen.
|
|
Momentan sind diese fest auf arabische Zahlen, Kleinbuchstaben, kleine
|
|
römische Zahlen und Großbuchstaben (für die 4
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
möglichen Schachtelungstiefen) programmiert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Itemize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erzeugt je nach Schachtelungstiefe verschiedene Auflistungszeichen, Diese
|
|
sind ebenfalls fest programmiert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Bibliography
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
sollte nur zusammen mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType BibEnvironment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass dies alle vorhergehenden
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Deklaration für diesen Stil überschreibt.
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndLangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:I18n"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Details zur Verwendung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der LaTeX-Name für dieses Layout.
|
|
Das bedeutet entweder der Name eines LaTeX-Befehls oder der einer LaTeX-Umgebun
|
|
g.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexParam
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Parameter>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ein optionaler Parameter für den entsprechenden
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Dieser Parameter kann innerhalb von LyX nicht mehr geändert werden (man
|
|
verwendet
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für anpassbare Parameters).
|
|
Dieser wird nach allen anderen LaTeX-
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
en ausgegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Paragraph
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, Command, Environment, Item_Environment,
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
List_Environment, Bib_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Legt fest, wie das Layout in LaTeX übersetzt wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
mag irreführend sein, denn dessen Regeln gelten auch für DocBook-Klassen.
|
|
Siehe die DocBook Klassendateien (Dateinames
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
db_*.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) für spezielle Beispiele.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Paragraph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bewirkt nichts besonderes -- der Text wird als
|
|
\emph on
|
|
normaler
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Absatz
|
|
\emph default
|
|
übernommen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Command
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
behandelt den Text als Argument eines LaTeX-Befehls
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
behandelt den Text als Kern einer LaTeX-Umgebung
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Item_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bewirkt dasselbe wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, nur dass vor jedem Absatz ein
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
item
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
eingefügt wird.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
List_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
funktioniert wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Item_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, nur dass
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelWidthString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
als Argument an die Umgebung übergeben wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelWidthString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann im Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Bearbeiten
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Absatz-Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Marginal
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
|
|
BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Bib_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
aber fügt zusätzlich das notwendige Argument (die längste Marke) zum Begin-Befe
|
|
hl der Bibliografie-Umgebung ein:
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{thebibliography}{99}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Es ist daher nur für die Bibliografie-Umgebung nützlich.
|
|
Die voreingestellte längste Marke
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann vom Nutzer in den Absatzeinstellungen eines Bibliografie-Eintrags
|
|
geändert werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Fasst man die letzten Sachen zusammen, wird die LaTeX-Ausgabe entweder so:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
LatexName[LatexParam]{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
oder so:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{LatexName}[LatexParam] \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{LatexName}.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
aussehen, abhängig vom LaTeX-Typ.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftDelim
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Zeichenkette, die zu Beginn des Inhalts des Stils ausgegeben wird.
|
|
Ein Zeilenumbruck in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<br/>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wenn ein Layout in ein anderes Layout für Umgebungen eingefügt wird, werden
|
|
die Breiten der verschiedenen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nicht einfach addiert, sondern vorher in Abhängigkeit zur Schachtelungstiefe
|
|
mit dem Faktor
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{\mathrm{Tiefe}+4}$
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
multipliziert.
|
|
Dieser Parameter wird auch dann benutzt, wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Margin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
als
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Manual
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dynamic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wurde.
|
|
In diesem Fall wird der Wert zu den gegebenen manuellen oder dynamischen
|
|
Rändern hinzugefügt.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Zum Beispiel bedeutet
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MM
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, dass der Absatz mit der Breite eingerückt wird, die die Buchstaben
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MM
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in der normalen Schriftart haben.
|
|
man kann negative Breite erzeugen, indem man den String mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
-
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beginnt.
|
|
Diese Art der Angabe wurde gewählt, damit der Text unabhängig von der verwendet
|
|
en Bildschirmschriftart wie vorgesehen aussieht.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Margin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Static
|
|
\emph default
|
|
, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
legt fest, wie der linke Rand des Textes bestimmt wird.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Static
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wählt feste Randbreiten.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Manual
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, dass der Rand von der Einstellung der
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Ausrichtung
|
|
\family default
|
|
im Menü
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Absatz-Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
(
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Bearbeiten
|
|
\family default
|
|
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Absatz-Einstellungen
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Marginal
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
|
|
BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) abhängt.
|
|
Dies wird für hübsche Listen ohne Tabulatoren benutzt.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dynamic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, der linke Rand hängt von der Größe der verwendeten Markierung
|
|
ab.
|
|
Dies wird zum Beispiel bei automatisch nummerierten Überschriften verwendet.
|
|
Es leuchtet ein, dass die Überschrift
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
5.4.3.2.1 Sehr lange \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
Überschrift
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
einen größeren linken Rand benötigt, als
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
3.2 Sehr lange \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
Überschrift
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
First_Dynamic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
arbeitet ähnlich wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Dynamic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, aber nur die erste Zeile wird dynamisch gesetzt, die anderen statisch.
|
|
Dies wird für die LaTeX
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
"=
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Umgebung
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
description
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Right_Address_Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet, dass der Rand so gewählt wird, dass die längste Zeile des Absatzes
|
|
gerade den rechten Rand berührt.
|
|
Dies wird zum Setzen einer Adresse am rechten Rand der Seite eingesetzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NeedProtect
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zerbrechliche
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
LaTeX-Befehle innerhalb dieses Layouts durch
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
protect
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
geschützt werden müssen.
|
|
(Achtung: Diese Einstellung sagt nichts darüber aus, ob der Befehl an sich
|
|
geschützt werden soll.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Newline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob Zeilenumbrüche in LaTeX als
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dargestellt werden, oder nicht.
|
|
Man kann dies ausschalten (Wert:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), um TeX-Code in LyX komfortabler editieren zu können.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NextNoIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob der nachfolgende Absatz einen linken Einzug haben darf oder
|
|
nicht.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
heißt, der Absatz erhält auf keinen Fall einen Einzug (z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
nach einer Überschrift), wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
- (normalerweise
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-) Paragraphen einen Einzug haben.
|
|
(Daher beeinflusst die Einstellung nur
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Paragraphen.)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ObsoletedBy
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Name eines Layouts, das durch dieses ersetzt wurde.
|
|
So können Sie ein Layout umbenennen und die Rückwärtskompatibilität erhalten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParbreakIsNewline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, dass ein Paragraph nicht durch eine leere Zeile in der LaTeX-Ausgabe
|
|
abgesetzt wird, sondern nur durch einen Zeilenumbruch.
|
|
Zusammen mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PassThru 1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erlaubt dies die Emulation eines reinen Texteditors (so wie die TeX-Code
|
|
Einfügung).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Einzug der ersten Zeile eines Absatzes.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parindent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bleibt für ein bestimmtes Layout fest.
|
|
Eine Ausnahme ist das Standard-Layout, denn dort kann der Einzug vom vorherigen
|
|
Layout mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NextNoIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verboten werden.
|
|
Außerdem benutzt das
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Layout innerhalb von Umgebungen den
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parindent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der Umgebung und nicht den eigenen.
|
|
Zum Beispiel haben
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Absätze innerhalb einer Aufzählung keinen Einzug.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der vertikale Anstand zwischen den Absätzen dieses Layouts.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parskip
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float=0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Benutzer kann in LyX wählen ob Absätze durch
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einrückung
|
|
\family default
|
|
oder
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Vertikaler
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abstand
|
|
\family default
|
|
getrennt werden.
|
|
Wenn
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einrückung
|
|
\family default
|
|
gewählt ist, wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parskip
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ignoriert.
|
|
Ist
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Vertikaler
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abstand
|
|
\family default
|
|
gewählt wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParIndent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ignoriert und alle Absätze durch den vertikalen Abstand von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parskip
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
getrennt.
|
|
Die Länge dieses Abstands berechnet sich mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Parskip
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
* DefaultHeight
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wobei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
DefaultHeight
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
die Höhe einer Zeile in der normalen Schrift ist.
|
|
Dadurch bleibt das Aussehen mit verschiedenen Schriften gleich.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PassThru
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
Legt fest, ob der Absatzinhalt unverändert ausgegeben werden soll, also
|
|
ohne diverse von LaTeX benötigte Ersetzungen durchzuführen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Befehle und Definitionen, die in die Präambel (vor
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{docu\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ment}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) eingefügt werden, wenn dieses Layout benutzt wird.
|
|
Kann verwendet werden um Pakete zu laden, Makros zu definieren usw..
|
|
Muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RefPrefix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Präfix, der verwendet werden soll, wenn auf Marken dieses Paragraphs
|
|
verwiesen wird.
|
|
Dies erlaubt die Verwendung von Formatierten Querverweisen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Requires
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] legt fest, dass das Layout die Funktion
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benötigt.
|
|
Siehe die Beschreibung von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Provides
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Allgemeine-Parameter-für"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ResetArgs
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Setzt die LaTeX-Argumente dieses Stils zurück (der via
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wurde).
|
|
Dies ist nützlich, wenn man einen Stil mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CopyStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kopiert hat, aber nicht dessen (benötigten und optionalen) Argumente übernehmen
|
|
will.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RightDelim
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Zeichenkette, die am Ende des Inhalts des Stils ausgegeben wird.
|
|
Ein Zeilenumbruck in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<br/>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RightMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string=""
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ähnlich wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftMargin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Spacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
single
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
onehalf
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
double
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
other
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<Wert>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Dies definiert die Voreinstellung für den Zeilenabstand des Layouts.
|
|
Die Argumente
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
single
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
onehalf
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
double
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
entsprechen den Multiplikatoren 1, 1.25 und 1.667.
|
|
Wenn Sie als Argument
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
other
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angeben, müssen Sie als
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Wert
|
|
\emph default
|
|
einen konkreten Multiplikator angeben.
|
|
Im Gegensatz zu anderen Parametern erzeugt LyX, wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Spacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt wird, spezifischen LaTeX-Code, der das LaTeX-Paket
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
setspace
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Spellcheck
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Erlaubt es, den Inhalt des Paragraphs auf Rechtschreibung zu überprüfen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TextFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper verwendet wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TocLevel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=3
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
ist die Stufe des Stils im Inhaltsverzeichnis und wird zur automatischen
|
|
Nummerierung von Abschnittsüberschriften benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
TopSep
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\series medium
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
|
[
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
float=0
|
|
\family default
|
|
] Der vertikale Abstand, der die erste Serie von Absätzen vom vorangehenden
|
|
Text trennt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:I18n"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Internationalization of Paragraph Styles
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
If a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
defines text that is to appear in the typeset document, it may use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
to support non-English and even multi-language documents correctly.
|
|
The following excerpt (from the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
theorems-ams.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
file) shows how this works:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
theoremstyle{remark}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
newtheorem{claim}[thm]{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
protect
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
EndPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
providecommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{_(Claim)}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
EndLangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
addto
|
|
\backslash
|
|
captions$$lang{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
renewcommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{_(Claim)}}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
EndBabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
In principle, any legal LaTeX may appear in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tags, but in practice they will typically look as they do here.
|
|
The key to correct translation of the typeset text is the definition of
|
|
the LaTeX command
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and its use in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
newtheorem
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag provides for internationalization based upon the overall language of
|
|
the document.
|
|
The contents of the tag will be included in the preamble, just as with
|
|
the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag.
|
|
What makes it special is the use of the
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
function
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
_()
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, which will be replaced, when LyX produces LaTeX output, with the translation
|
|
of its argument into the document language.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag is more complex, since it is meant to provide support for multi-language
|
|
documents and so offers an interface to the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
babel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
package.
|
|
Its contents will be added to the preamble once for each language that
|
|
appears in the document.
|
|
In this case, the argument to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
_()
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
will be replaced with its translation into the language in question; the
|
|
expression
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$lang
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is replaced by the language name (as used by the babel package).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A German document that also included a French section would thus have the
|
|
following in the preamble:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
addto
|
|
\backslash
|
|
captionsfrench{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
renewcommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{Affirmation}}
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
addto
|
|
\backslash
|
|
captionsngerman{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
renewcommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{Behauptung}}
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
providecommand{
|
|
\backslash
|
|
claimname}{Behauptung}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LaTeX and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
babel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
will then conspire to produce the correct text in the output.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
One important point to note here is that the translations are provided by
|
|
LyX itself, through the file
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
layouttranslations
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This means, in effect, that
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
are really only of use in layout files that are provided with LyX, since
|
|
text entered in user-created layout files will not be seen by LyX's internation
|
|
alization routines unless the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
layouttranslations
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
file is modified accordingly.
|
|
That said, however, any layout created with the intention that it will
|
|
be included with LyX should use these tags where appropriate.
|
|
Please note that the paragraph style translations provided by LyX will
|
|
never change with a minor update (e.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
g.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
from version 2.1.x to 2.1.y).
|
|
It is however quite likely that a major update (e.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
g.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
from 2.0.x to 2.1.y) will introduce new translations or corrections.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Gleitobjekte
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Gleitobjekte"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es ist nötig Gleitobjekte (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Abbildung
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Tabelle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
) in der Textklasse selber zu definieren.
|
|
Standardgleitobjekte sind in der Datei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
stdfloats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
enthalten, so dass Sie sie nur noch
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Input stdfloats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
zu Ihrer Layoutdatei hinzufügen müssen.
|
|
Wenn Sie eine Textklasse implementieren wollen, die andere Gleitobjekttypen
|
|
enthält (wie zum Beispiel die AGU-Klasse), werden Ihnen die folgenden Informati
|
|
onen helfen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Extension
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\series medium
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
\series default
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Dateinamenserweiterung einer zusätzlichen Datei für das Abbildungsver\SpecialChar \-
|
|
zeich
|
|
nis (oder andere).
|
|
LaTeX schreibt die Beschriftungen in diese Datei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
GuiName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Zeichenkette, die in den Menüs und für die Beschriftung benutzt wird.
|
|
Dies wird in die aktuelle Sprache übersetzt, wenn babel verwendet wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTML*
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Diese Tags kontrollieren die XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
IsPredefined
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob das Gleitobjekt bereits in der Dokumentklasse definiert ist
|
|
oder ob das LaTeX-Paket
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
geladen werden muss, um es zu definieren.
|
|
Die Voreinstellung ist
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, was bedeutet, dass
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
verwendet wird.
|
|
Es sollte auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt werden, wenn das Gleitobjekt bereits in der Dokumentklasse definiert
|
|
ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ListCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Befehl der verwendet wird, um eine Liste der Gleitobjekte dieses Typs
|
|
zu generieren; das `
|
|
\backslash
|
|
' muss weggelassen werden.
|
|
Der Befehl
|
|
\emph on
|
|
muss
|
|
\emph default
|
|
angegeben werden, wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
UsesFloatPkg
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt ist, da es sonst keine Möglichkeit gibt, diesen Befehl zu erstellen.
|
|
Er wird ignoriert, falls
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
UsesFloatPkg
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt ist, da es dann eine Möglichkeit gibt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ListName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Überschrift für das Gleitobjekt-Verzeichnis (z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abbildungsverzeichnis
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
Sie wird für die Bildschirmmarke in LyX verwendet, von LaTeX für den Titel
|
|
verwendet und als Titel in der XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
|
Sie wird in die Dokumentsprache übersetzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NumberWithin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Dieses optionale Argument bestimmt, ob Gleitobjekte dieser Klasse mit
|
|
der Abschnittsnummer dieses Dokuments nummeriert werden.
|
|
Wenn zum Beispiel
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NumberWithin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
chapter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt ist, werden die Gleitobjekte mit den Kapitelnummern nummeriert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Placement
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Die Standardplatzierung für die Gleitobjektklasse.
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
sollte die Standard-LaTeX-Werte
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
t
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
b
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
p
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
h
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für oben, unten, Seite und hier enthalten.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Wie in LaTeX ist die Reihenfolge der Buchstaben unerheblich.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Zusätzlich gibt es den neuen Typ
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
H
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, der nicht wirklich für ein Gleitobjekt steht, denn er bedeutet: drucke
|
|
es
|
|
\emph on
|
|
hier
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und nirgendwo sonst.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
H
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
besonders ist und wegen der Implementierungsdetails nicht bei nicht-eingebauten
|
|
Gleitobjekttypen benutzt werden kann.
|
|
Wenn Sie die Platzierung nicht verstehen, benutzen Sie einfach
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tbp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RefPrefix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Präfix, der verwendet werden soll, wenn auf Marken dieser Gleitobjekte
|
|
verwiesen wird.
|
|
Dies erlaubt die Verwendung von Formatierten Querverweisen.
|
|
Man kann den
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RefPrefix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
eines kopierten Stils entfernen, indem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
OFF
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Style
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Gleitobjektstil, wenn er mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
newfloat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Type
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Typ
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der neuen Gleitobjektklasse, wie z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Programm oder Algorithmus.
|
|
Nach dem entsprechenden
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
newfloat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
stehen Befehle wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{program}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{algorithm*}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zur Verfügung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
UsesFloatPkg
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Gibt an, ob dieses Gleitobjekt mit Hilfe des LaTeX-Pakets
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wurde, entweder durch die Dokumentklassen, ein anderes Paket
|
|
oder durch LyX.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
Anmerkung: Wenn ein Gleitobjekt vom Typ
|
|
\emph on
|
|
type
|
|
\emph default
|
|
definiert wurde, gibt es automatisch einen dazugehörigen Zähler namens
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
type
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Flexible Einfügungen und InsetLayout
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Flexible-Einfügungen-und"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es gibt drei Arten von flexiblen Einfügungen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Zeichenstil (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CharStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
): diese definieren semantische Textauszeichnungen, die mit LaTeX-Befehlen
|
|
wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
noun
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
code
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
korrespondieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
benutzerdefiniert (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Custom
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
): diese können benutzt werden, um benutzer\SpecialChar \-
|
|
de\SpecialChar \-
|
|
fi\SpecialChar \-
|
|
nier\SpecialChar \-
|
|
te einklappbare Einfügungen
|
|
zu definieren, ähnlich wie TeX-Code, Fuß\SpecialChar \-
|
|
no\SpecialChar \-
|
|
te usw.
|
|
Ein naheliegendes Beispiel ist die Endnotiz, die im
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
endnote
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Modul definiert ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
XML-Element (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Element
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
): diese werden mit DocBook-Klassen benutzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Flexible Einfügungen werden mit der
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Marke definiert, die weiter unten erklärt wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Marke besitzt noch eine andere Funktion: sie kann benutzt werden, um das
|
|
allgemeine Aussehen vieler verschiedener Einfügungstypen anzupassen.
|
|
Zurzeit kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt werden, um die Layout-Parameter für Fußnoten, Randnoten, eingefügten
|
|
Noten, TeX-Code (ERT), Zweige, Stichwortverzeichnisse, Boxen, Tabellen,
|
|
Algorithmen, URLs und Legenden anzupassen, ebenso um flexible Einfügungen
|
|
zu definieren.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Definition muss mit folgender Zeile beginnen:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
InsetLayout <Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Hier bezeichnet
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
die Einfügung, deren Layout definiert wird.
|
|
Es gibt vier Möglichkeiten.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Das Layout für eine existierende Einfügung wird geändert.
|
|
In diesem Fall kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
folgendes sein:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Algorithm
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Branch
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Box:shaded
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Caption:Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ERT
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Figure
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Foot
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Index
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Info
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Info:menu
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Info:shortcut
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Info:shortcuts
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Listings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Marginal
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Note:Comment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Note:Note
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Note:Greyedout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Table
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
URL
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
Das Layout für eine flexible Einfügung wird definiert.
|
|
In diesem Fall muss
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in der Form
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Flex:<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
sein, wobei
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Name
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
ein beliebiger gültiger Bezeichner sein kann, der in keiner anderen existierend
|
|
en Einfügung benutzt wird.
|
|
Der Bezeichner darf Leerzeichen enthalten, dann muss aber der komplette
|
|
Typ in Anführungszeichen gesetzt werden.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass die Definition einer flexiblen Einfügung
|
|
\emph on
|
|
auch
|
|
\emph default
|
|
einen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LyXType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Eintrag enthalten muss, der festlegt welcher Einfügungstyp definiert wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The layout for user specific branch is being defined.
|
|
In this case,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
must be of the form
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Branch:<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\lang english
|
|
where
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
name
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
may be be any valid identifier of branch defined in user's document.
|
|
The identifier may include spaces, but in that case the whole thing must
|
|
be wrapped in quotes.
|
|
The main purpose of this feature is to allow LaTeX wrapping around specific
|
|
branches as user needs.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The layout of a user (or class) specific caption is being defined.
|
|
In this case,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
must be of the form
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Caption:<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\lang english
|
|
where
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
name
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
specifies the name of the caption as it appears in the menu.
|
|
Have a look at the standard caption (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Caption:Standard
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), the specific captions of the KOMA-Script classes (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Caption:Above
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Caption:Below
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) oder das Modul
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Multilingual
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Captions
|
|
\family default
|
|
(
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Caption:Bicaption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) for applications.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Definition kann folgende Einträge enthalten:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Definiert die Argumentnummer eines Befehls/einer Umgebung, die im aktuellen
|
|
Layout definiert ist.
|
|
Die Definition muss mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
EndArgument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet werden.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Details.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
BabelPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Präambel um Sprachbefehle zu modifizieren; siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:I18n"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
BgColor
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist die Hintergrundfarbe der Einfügung.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "chap:Namen-von-Farben"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für eine Liste von verfügbaren Farbnamen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ContentAsLabel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ob der Inhalt der Einfügung als Marke verwendet werden soll, wenn die
|
|
Einfügung geschlossen ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CopyStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Typ>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass der komplette Typ angegeben werden muss, z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CopyStyle Flex:<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CustomPars
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, ob der Benutzer den Absatzeinstellungen-Dialog (
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
|
|
scale 70
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
|
|
groupId Icon
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) benutzen darf.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Decoration
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Classic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Minimalistic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Conglomerate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
sein.
|
|
Es beschreibt den Rendering-Stil für den Einfügungsrahmen und die -knöpfe.
|
|
Fußnoten benutzen im allgemeinen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Classic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, TeX-Code
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Minimalistic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und Zeichenstile
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Conglomerate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Display
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Nur sinnvoll wenn der
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist.
|
|
Gibt an, ob die Umgebung in der Ausgabe abgesetzt erscheint oder in einer
|
|
Zeile mit dem umgebenden Text.
|
|
Wenn auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, wird angenommen, dass die LaTeX-Umgebung Leerraum nach den
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Befehlen ignoriert (inklusive des Zeilenumbruchzeichens).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
beendet die
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Definition.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird für den Text
|
|
\emph on
|
|
und
|
|
\emph default
|
|
die Marke benutzt (siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass die Definition dieses Fonts automatisch dem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
denselben Wert zuweist, das heißt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
muss zuerst definiert werden und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
danach, wenn sie unterschiedlich sein sollen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForceLocalFontSwitch
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\lang english
|
|
When using babel, always use a local font switch (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
foreignlanguage
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), never a global one (such as
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
selectlanguage
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForceLTR
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erzwingt die
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
LaTeX-Sprache
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und führt zu einer links-nach-rechts-Ausgabe, zum Beispiel bei TeX-Code
|
|
oder URL.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForceLTR
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist eine Behelfslösung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForcePlain
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, ob stattdessen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PlainLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt werden soll oder ob der Benutzer den Absatzstil der Einfügung ändern
|
|
darf.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
FreeSpacing
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
HTML*
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Diese Tags kontrollieren die XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
|
Siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InToc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ob der Inhalt der Einfügung für die Zeichenketten des 'Gliederungs'-Fensters
|
|
verwendet werden soll.
|
|
Zum Beispiel will man nicht, dass der Inhalt einer Fußzeile im Namen des
|
|
Abschnitts im Inhaltsverzeichnis des Gliederungs-Fensters erscheint.
|
|
Aber man will normalerweise, dass der Inhalt von Zeichenstilen erscheint.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
KeepEmpty
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist die für die Marke benutze Schrift (siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
Beachten Sie, dass diese Definition niemals vor
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
erscheinen darf, weil sie sonst unwirksam ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] wird auf dem Knopf und anderswo als Einfügungsmarke angezeigt.
|
|
Einige Einfügungstypen (TeX-Code und Zweig) ändern diese Marke im Vo\SpecialChar \-
|
|
rü\SpecialChar \-
|
|
ber\SpecialChar \-
|
|
gehen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LangPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Sprachabhängige Präambel; siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:I18n"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist der Name der LaTeX-Umgebung oder des LaTeX-Befehls.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexParam
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Parameter>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist ein optionaler Parameter für den zugehörigen
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, einschließ\SpecialChar \-
|
|
lich möglicher Klammerpaare wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
[]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Dieser Parameter kann in LyX nicht geändert werden (man verwendet
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für anpassbare Parameters).
|
|
Dieser wird nach allen anderen LaTeX-
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
en ausgegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Command, Environment, None
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie der Stil in LaTeX übersetzt wird.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LatexType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ist vielleicht etwas missverständlich, da diese Regeln auch für SGML-Klassen
|
|
gelten.
|
|
Siehe die SGML-Klassendateienfür spezielle Beispiele.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
None
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet nichts Spezielles
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Command
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
bedeutet
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
LatexName
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Zusammenfassend bedeutet das, dass die LaTeX-Ausgabe entweder:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
LatexName[LatexParam]{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
oder:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
begin{LatexName}[LatexParam] \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
end{LatexName}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
sein wird, je nach LaTeX-Typ.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LeftDelim
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Zeichenkette, die zu Beginn des Inhalts des Stils ausgegeben wird.
|
|
Ein Zeilenumbruck in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<br/>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LyxType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
charstyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
custom
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
element
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
oder
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
end
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(zeigt das Ende einer Definition an) sein.
|
|
Dieser Eintrag wird für flexible Einfügungen benötigt und ist nur dort
|
|
sinnvoll.
|
|
Neben anderen Dingen legt er fest, in welchem Menü diese Einfügung erscheinen
|
|
wird.
|
|
Wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LyXType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
charstyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt, wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
automatisch auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
gesetzt.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kann auf
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
charstyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-Einfügungen gesetzt werden, indem es
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nach
|
|
\emph default
|
|
dem
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LyXType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
spezifiziert wird.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, ob in dieser Einfügung mehrfache Absätze erlaubt sind.
|
|
Dadurch wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CustomPars
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf denselben Wert gesetzt und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ForcePlain
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf den anderen.
|
|
Diese können auf andere Werte gesetzt werden, wenn sie
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nach
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt werden.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NeedProtect
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] zeigt an, ob
|
|
\emph on
|
|
zerbrechliche
|
|
\emph default
|
|
Befehle in diesem Layout ge\SpecialChar \-
|
|
schützt (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
protect
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) werden sollen.
|
|
Es zeigt
|
|
\emph on
|
|
nicht
|
|
\emph default
|
|
an, ob der Befehl selber geschützt werden soll.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
NoInsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Layout>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Löscht ein vorhandenes
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InsetLayout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ParbreakIsNewline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PassThru
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RefPrefix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Der Präfix, der verwendet werden soll, wenn auf Marken dieser Einfügung
|
|
verwiesen wird.
|
|
Dies erlaubt die Verwendung von Formatierten Querverweisen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Requires
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ResetArgs
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Setzt die LaTeX-Argumente dieses Stils zurück (der via
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Argument
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert wurde).
|
|
Dies ist nützlich, wenn man einen Stil mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CopyStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
kopiert hat, aber nicht dessen (benötigten und optionalen) Argumente übernehmen
|
|
will.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ResetsFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ob die Einfügung die Schrift der übergeordneten Umgebung verwenden soll
|
|
oder ihre eigene.
|
|
Voreinstellung ist
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: verwendet die Schrift der übergeordneten Umgebung.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
RightDelim
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Eine Zeichenkette, die am Ende des Inhalts des Stils ausgegeben wird.
|
|
Ein Zeilenumbruck in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<br/>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
angegeben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Spellcheck
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Erlaubt es, den Inhalt der Einfügung auf Rechtschreibung zu überprüfen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Zähler
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Zähler"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Es ist notwendig Zähler (
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
chapter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
figure
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
) in der Textklasse selber zu definieren.
|
|
Die Standardzähler sind in der Datei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
stdcounters.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert, so dass Sie nur die Zeile
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Input stdcounters.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
zu zu Ihrer Layout-Datei hinzufügen müssen, damit sie arbeiten.
|
|
Aber wenn Sie eigene Zähler definieren wollen, können Sie das tun.
|
|
Zähler-Deklarationen beginnen mit
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Counter <Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
wobei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
<Name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
der Name Ihres Zählers ist.
|
|
Die Deklaration endet mit
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Folgende Parameter können auch benutzt werden:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
InitialValue
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
int=1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Setzt den Startwert für einen Zähler, auf den er zurückgesetzt wird.
|
|
Normalerweise will man die Voreinstellung
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
haben.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] definiert, wie der Zähler dargestellt wird.
|
|
Hierdurch wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
auf denselben Wert gesetzt.
|
|
In der Zeichenkette können folgende Konstrukte benutzt werden:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
thecounter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
wird durch die Erweiterung von
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(oder
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
) des Zählers
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
counter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ersetzt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
Zählerwerte können durch LaTeX-ähnliche Makros wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
numbertype
|
|
\emph default
|
|
{
|
|
\emph on
|
|
counter
|
|
\emph default
|
|
}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ausgedrückt werden, wobei
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
numbertype
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Folgendes sein kann:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
arabic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: 1, 2, 3,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
;
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
alph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Kleinbuchstaben: a, b, c,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
;
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Alph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für Großbuchstaben: A, B, C,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
;
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
roman
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für kleine römische Zahlen: i, ii, iii,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
;
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Roman
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
für große römische Zahlen: I, II, III.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nicht definiert ist, wird ein Standardwert wie folgt benutzt: wenn der
|
|
Zähler einen Hauptzähler
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
master
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(über
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Within
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
definiert) hat, wird der String
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
themaster.
|
|
\backslash
|
|
arabic{counter}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
benutzt, ansonsten
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
arabic{counter}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelStringAppendix
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] ist dasselbe wie
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
LabelString
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, aber für den Anhang.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
PrettyFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Ein Format, das für Formatierte Querverweise auf einen Zähler verwendet
|
|
wird.
|
|
Möchte man z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Referenzen auf Abschnitte in der Form
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abschnitt
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
haben, sollte der String
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
##
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
enthalten.
|
|
Diese Zeichen werden später durch die referenzierte Abschnittsnummer ersetzt.
|
|
Also für Abschnitte lautet der String dann
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Abschnitt ##
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Within
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Wenn dies auf den Namen eines anderen Zählers gesetzt wird, wird der gegenwärt
|
|
ige Zähler jedes mal zurückgesetzt, wenn der andere erhöht wird.
|
|
Zum Beispiel wird
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
subsection
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
innerhalb
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
section
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
nummeriert.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
Beschreibung des Zeichensatzes
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine Zeichensatzbeschreibung sieht folgendermaßen aus:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
Font
|
|
\family roman
|
|
\emph on
|
|
oder
|
|
\family default
|
|
\emph default
|
|
LabelFont
|
|
\emph on
|
|
oder
|
|
\emph default
|
|
DefaultFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
EndFont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
und es sind folgende Befehle vorhanden:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
none
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
black
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
white
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
red
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
green
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
blue
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
cyan
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
magenta
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
yellow
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Family
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Roman
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Sans
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Typewriter
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Misc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Zulässige Argumente sind:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
noun
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
strikeout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
underbar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
uuline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
uwave
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_noun
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_strikeout
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_bar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_uuline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_uwave
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Jedes schaltet die entsprechende Eigenschaft an oder aus.
|
|
Zum Beispiel führt
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
zum Stil
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Hervorhebung
|
|
\emph default
|
|
und
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
schaltet diesen aus.
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Falls Sie Letzteres verwirrt, erinnern Sie sich, dass die Schrifteinstellungen
|
|
standardmäßig von den umgebenden Stilen übernommen wird.
|
|
Daher schaltet
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
no_emph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
die
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Hervorhebung
|
|
\emph default
|
|
aus, die z.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
in einer Theorem-Umgebung aktiv ist.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Series
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Medium
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Bold
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Shape
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Up
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Italic
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
SmallCaps
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Slanted
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
Size
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tiny
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
small
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
normal
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
large
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
larger
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
largest
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
huge
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
giant
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sub:Citation-format-description"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Citation format description
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
blocks are used to describe how bibliographic information should be displayed,
|
|
both within LyX itself (in the citation dialog and in tooltips, for example)
|
|
and in XHTML output.
|
|
Such a block might look like this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
article ...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
book ...
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
End
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The individual lines define how the bibliographic information associated
|
|
with an article or book, respectively, is to be displayed, and such a definitio
|
|
n can be given for any `entry type' that might be present in a BibTeX file.
|
|
LyX defines a default format in the source code that will be used if no
|
|
specific definition has been given.
|
|
LyX predefines several formats in the file
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdciteformats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, which is included in most of LyX's document classes.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The definitions use a simple language that allows BibTeX keys to be replaced
|
|
with their values.
|
|
Keys should be enclosed in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
signs, e.g.:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%author%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
So a simple definition might look like this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
misc %author%,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
%title
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This would print the author, followed by a comma, followed by the title,
|
|
in quotes, followed by a period.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Of course, sometimes you may want to print a key only if it exists.
|
|
This can be done by using a conditional construction, such as:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
{%volume%[[vol.
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
%volume%]]}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This says: If the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
volume
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
key exists, then print
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
vol.
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
followed by the volume key.
|
|
It is also possible to have an else clause in the conditional, such as:
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
{%author%[[%author%]][[%editor%, ed.]]}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Here, the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
author
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
key is printed if it exists; otherwise, the editor key is printed, followed
|
|
by
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ed.
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Note that the key is again enclosed in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
signs; the entire conditional is enclosed in braces; and the if and else
|
|
clauses are enclosed in double brackets,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
[[
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
]]
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
There must be no space between any of these.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
There is one other piece of syntax available in definitions, which looks
|
|
like this:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
{!<i>!}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This defines a piece of formatting information that is to be used when
|
|
creating
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
rich text
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Obviously, we do not want to output HTML tags when writing plain text,
|
|
so they should be wrapped in
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
{!
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
!}
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Two special sorts of definitions are also possible in a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block.
|
|
An example of the first would be:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
!quotetitle
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
%title%
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This is an abbreviation, or macro, and it can be used by treating it as
|
|
if it were a key:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%!quotetitle%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
LyX will treat
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%!quotetitle%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
exactly as it would treat its definition.
|
|
So, let us issue the obvious
|
|
\emph on
|
|
warning
|
|
\emph default
|
|
.
|
|
Do not do this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
!funfun %funfun%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
or anything like it.
|
|
LyX shouldn't go into an infinite loop, but it may go into a long one before
|
|
it gives up.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The second sort of special definition might look like this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
_pptext pp.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This defines a translatable piece of text, which allows relevant parts of
|
|
the bibliography to be translated.
|
|
It can be included in a definition by treating it as a key:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
%_pptext%
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Several of these are predefined in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdciteformats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Note that these are not macros, in the sense just defined.
|
|
They will not be expanded.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
So here then is an example that use all these features:
|
|
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
\noindent
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
\lang english
|
|
!authoredit {%author%[[%author%, ]][[{%editor%[[%editor%, %_edtext%, ]]}]]}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This defines a macro that prints the author, followed by a comma, if the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
author
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
key is defined, or else prints the name of the editor, followed by the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
_edtext
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or its translation (it is by default
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ed.
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), if the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
editor
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
key is defined.
|
|
Note that this is in fact defined in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdciteformats.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, so you can use it in your own definitions, or re-definitions, if you load
|
|
that file first.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Tags for XHTML output
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
As with LaTeX or DocBook, the format of LyX's XHTML output is also controlled
|
|
by layout information.
|
|
In general, LyX provides sensible defaults and, as mentioned earlier, it
|
|
will even construct default CSS style rules from the other layout tags.
|
|
For example, LyX will attempt to use the information provided in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
declaration for the Chapter style to write CSS that will appropriately
|
|
format chapter headings.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
In many cases, then, you may not have to do anything at all to get acceptable
|
|
XHTML output for your own environments, custom insets, and so forth.
|
|
But in some cases you will, and so LyX provides a number of layout tags
|
|
that can be used to customize the XHTML and CSS that are generated.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note that there are two tags,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
that may appear outside style and inset declarations.
|
|
See
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Allgemeine-Parameter-für"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
for details on these.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Paragraph styles
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The sort of XHTML LyX outputs for a paragraph depends upon whether we are
|
|
dealing with a normal paragraph, a command, or an environment, where this
|
|
is itself determined by the contents of the corresponding
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LaTeXType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
For a command or normal paragraph, the output XHTML has the following form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>Label</labeltag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Contents of the paragraph.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The label tags are of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
For an environment that is not some sort of list, the XHTML takes this form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
><labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>Environment Label</labeltag>First paragraph.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<itemtag>Second paragraph.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note that the label is output only for the first paragraph, as it should
|
|
be for a theorem, for example.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
For a list, we have one of these forms:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
><labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>List Label</labeltag>First item.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
><labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>List Label</labeltag>Second item.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>First item.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<labeltag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>Second item.</itemtag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Note the different orders of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
labeltag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
itemtag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Which order we get depends upon the setting of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabelFirst
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: If
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabelFirst
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is false (the default), you get the first of these, with the label within
|
|
the item; if true, you get the second, with the label outside the item.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The specific tags and attributes output for each paragraph type can be controlle
|
|
d by means of the layout tags we are about to describe.
|
|
As mentioned earlier, however, LyX uses sensible defaults for many of these,
|
|
so you often may not need to do very much to get good XHTML output.
|
|
Think of the available tags as there so you can tweak things to your liking.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
|
|
For example,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`mydiv'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
By default, LyX will output
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`layoutname'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, where
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
layoutname
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is the LyX name of the layout, made lowercase, for example: chapter.
|
|
This should
|
|
\emph on
|
|
not
|
|
\emph default
|
|
contain any style information.
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for that purpose.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLForceCSS
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Whether to output the default CSS information LyX generates for this layout,
|
|
even if additional information is explicitly provided via
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
|
|
it completely.
|
|
Default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLItem
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for individual paragraphs of environments, replacing
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
itemtag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLItemAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Attributes for the item tag.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`layoutname_item'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This should
|
|
\emph on
|
|
not
|
|
\emph default
|
|
contain any style information.
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for that purpose.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for paragraph and item labels, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
labeltag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
span
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, unless
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LabelType
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is either
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Centered_Top_Environment
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, in which case it defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabelAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Attributes for the label tag.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`layoutname_label'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This should
|
|
\emph on
|
|
not
|
|
\emph default
|
|
contain any style information.
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for that purpose.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabelFirst
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Meaningful only for list-like environments, this tag controls whether
|
|
the label tag is output before or inside the item tag.
|
|
This is used, for example, in the description environment, where we want
|
|
`
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<dt>\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
</dt><dd>\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
</dd>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: The label tag is output inside the item tag.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Information to be output in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section when this style is used.
|
|
This might, for example, be used to include a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<script>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block defining an
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
onclick
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
handler.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
|
|
Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<style>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
|
|
Must end with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
EndHTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLTitle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Marks this style as the one to be used to generate the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<title>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tag for the XHTML file.
|
|
By default, it is false.
|
|
The
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
stdtitle.inc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
file sets it to true for the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
title
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
InsetLayout XHTML
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The XHTML output of insets can also be controlled by information in layout
|
|
files.
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
At present, this is true only for
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
text
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
insets (insets you can type into) and is not true for
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
command
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
insets (insets that are associated with dialog boxes).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Here, too, LyX tries to provide sensible defaults, and it constructs default
|
|
CSS style rules.
|
|
But everything can be customized.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The XHTML LyX outputs for an inset has the following form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<labeltag>Label</labeltag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<innertag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>Contents of the inset.</innertag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
If the inset permits multiple paragraphs---that is, if
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is true---then the contents of the inset will itself be output as paragraphs
|
|
formatted according to the styles used for those paragraphs (standard,
|
|
quote, and the like).
|
|
The label tag is of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label
|
|
and, at present, is always
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
span
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
The inner tag is optional and, by default, does not appear.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The specific tags and attributes output for each inset can be controlled
|
|
by means of the following layout tags.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
|
|
For example,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`myinset' onclick=`\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
By default, LyX will output
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`insetname'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, where
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
insetname
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is the LyX name of the inset, made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric
|
|
characters converted to underscores, for example: footnote.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLForceCSS
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Whether to output the default CSS information LyX generates for this layout,
|
|
even if additional information is explicitly provided via
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
|
|
it completely.
|
|
Default is 0.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLInnerAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Attributes for the inner tag.
|
|
Defaults to
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`insetname_inner'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLInnerTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The inner tag, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
innertag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
By default, there is none.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLIsBlock
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
0
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
\lang english
|
|
1
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Whether this inset represents a standalone block of text (such as a footnote)
|
|
or instead represents material that is included in the surrounding text
|
|
(such as a branch).
|
|
Defaults to 1.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLLabel
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] A label for this inset, possibly including a reference to a counter.
|
|
For example, for footnote, it might be:
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
arabic{footnote}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This is optional, and there is no default.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLPreamble
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Information to be output in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<head>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section when this style is used.
|
|
This might, for example, be used to include a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<script>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block defining an
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
onclick
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
handler.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
|
|
Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<style>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the examples above.
|
|
The default depends upon the setting of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
: If
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
MultiPar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is true, the default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
; if it is false, the default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
span
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Float XHTML
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The XHTML output for floats too can be controlled by layout information.
|
|
The output has the following form:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<tag attr=
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Contents of the float.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</tag>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The caption, if there is one, is a separate inset and will be output as
|
|
such.
|
|
Its appearance can be controlled via the InsetLayout for caption insets.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLAttr
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
|
|
For example,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`myfloat' onclick=`\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
By default, LyX will output
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
class=`float float-floattype'
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, where
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
floattype
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is LyX's name for this type of float, as determined by the float declaration
|
|
(see
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Gleitobjekte"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
), though made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric characters converted
|
|
to underscores, for example: float-table.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLStyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
CSS style information to be included when this float is used.
|
|
Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<style>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HTMLTag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
[
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
string
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
] The tag to be used for this float, replacing
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tag
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the example above.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
div
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and will rarely need changing.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Bibliography formatting
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The bibliography can be formatted using
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
CiteFormat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
blocks.
|
|
See
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Citation-format-description"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
for the details.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LyX-generated CSS
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
We have several times mentioned that LyX will generate default CSS style
|
|
rules for both insets and paragraph styles, based upon the other layout
|
|
information that is provided.
|
|
In this section, we shall say a word about which layout information LyX
|
|
uses and how.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
At present, LyX auto-generates CSS only for font information, making use
|
|
of the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Family
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Series
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Shape
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
, and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Size
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
specified in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Font
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
declaration (see
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sub:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The translation is mostly straightforward and obvious.
|
|
For example,
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Family Sans
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
becomes
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
font-family: sans-serif;
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
The correspondence of LyX sizes and CSS sizes is a little less obvious
|
|
but nonetheless intuitive.
|
|
See the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
getSizeCSS()
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
function in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
src/FontInfo.cpp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for the details.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Externes Material einfügen
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "cha:Externes-Material-einfügen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
|
|
position "t"
|
|
hor_pos "c"
|
|
has_inner_box 1
|
|
inner_pos "t"
|
|
use_parbox 0
|
|
use_makebox 0
|
|
width "100col%"
|
|
special "none"
|
|
height "1in"
|
|
height_special "totalheight"
|
|
status open
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
WARNUNG:
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This portion of the documentation has not been updated for some time.
|
|
We certainly hope that it is still accurate, but there are no guarantees.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The use of material from sources external to LyX is covered in detail in
|
|
the
|
|
\emph on
|
|
Embedded Objects
|
|
\emph default
|
|
manual.
|
|
This part of the manual covers what needs to happen behind the scenes for
|
|
new sorts of material to be included.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Wie funktioniert das?
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die Einfügung
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Externes
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
basiert auf dem Konzept der Vorlage.
|
|
Eine solche Vorlage ist eine Spezifikation, wie LyX mit einer bestimmten
|
|
Sorte von Material umgehen soll.
|
|
Derzeit gehören zu LyX derartige Vorlagen für XFig-Abbildungen, Dia-Diagramme,
|
|
diverse Abbildungen im Rasterformat, Gnuplot und noch ein paar mehr.
|
|
Die vollständige Liste sehen Sie in
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Externes
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Darüberhinaus ist es möglich, durch eigene Vorlagen beliebige andere Formate
|
|
einzubinden.
|
|
Wir werden weiter unten beschreiben, was genau Sie dazu machen müssen und
|
|
hoffen, dass Sie derartig erstellte Vorlagen an das LyX-Team schicken,
|
|
damit sie in kommenden LyX-Versionen integriert werden können.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ein weiteres Merkmal der Idee der externen Einfügung ist die Unterscheidung
|
|
zwischen der ursprünglichen Datei, die als Grundlage für das eingefügte
|
|
Material dient, und der erzeugten Datei, die dann letztendlich in Ihr Dokument
|
|
eingebunden wird.
|
|
Wir wollen dies am Beispiel einer XFig-Abbildung erläutern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Das Programm XFig bearbeitet eine speziell formatierte Datei mit der Endung
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.fig
|
|
\family default
|
|
.
|
|
In XFig können Sie Ihre Abbildung editieren und ändern, und zum Schluss
|
|
speichern Sie diese
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.fig
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei.
|
|
Wenn Sie nun eine derartige Abbildung in LyX einbinden wollen, müssen Sie
|
|
zunächst
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
transfig
|
|
\family default
|
|
starten, um eine PostScript-Datei zu erzeugen, die von LaTeX eingebunden
|
|
werden kann.
|
|
In diesem Fall ist also die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.fig
|
|
\family default
|
|
-Datei die oben erwähnte Originaldatei, und die
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
.ps-
|
|
\family default
|
|
Datei die tatsächlich eingebundene Datei.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Diese Unterscheidung ist wichtig, denn Sie erlaubt das einfache Ändern und
|
|
Aktualisieren des Materials, während Sie an Ihrem Text schreiben.
|
|
Außerdem ist erst so die Flexibilität gegeben, die benötigt wird, um unterschie
|
|
dliche Exportformate für die LyX-Datei zu ermöglichen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
So ist es im Falle einer Ausgabe als reiner (ASCII) Text sicher nicht sinnvoll,
|
|
eine PostScript-Datei im Rohformat einzubinden.
|
|
In diesem Fall wird dann entweder nur eine Referenz auf die Bilddatei angegeben
|
|
, oder aber es wird ein Konverter gestartet, der eine ASCII-Darstellung
|
|
erzeugt, die in etwa so aussieht wie die ursprüngliche Grafik.
|
|
Genau dies ist mit der Einfügung
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Externes Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
möglich, denn sie kennt all die notwendigen Befehle für derartige Konvertierung
|
|
en (sofern sie von LyX unterstützt werden).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Darüberhinaus erlaubt die Einfügung
|
|
\family sans
|
|
Externes Material
|
|
\family default
|
|
aber auch die einfache Integration mit externen Betrachtern und Editoren.
|
|
So sind Sie bei einer XFig-Abbildung in der Lage, mit einem einigen Klick
|
|
XFig zu starten, um die Abbildung zu bearbeiten oder die erstellte PostScript-D
|
|
atei mit
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
ghostview
|
|
\family default
|
|
zu betrachten.
|
|
Kein langes Herumsuchen mit Dateimanagern nach den Original- und Grafikdateien
|
|
mehr, und Sie müssen sich nicht mehr an die unterschiedlichen Parameter
|
|
erinnern, die vielleicht für diese Abbildung notwendig sind, um sie in
|
|
der richtigen Größe zu erstellen.
|
|
Sie haben ohne viel Aufwand Zugriff auf eine Vielzahl von Applikationen
|
|
und können so Ihre Produktivität ungemein steigern.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
LyX besitzt also die Information über eine Vielzahl von externen Programmen,
|
|
um diese von Ihnen unbemerkt nutzen zu können und Ihnen so den größtmöglichen
|
|
Komfort zu bieten.
|
|
Und genau diese Information ist in den oben erwähnten Vorlagen gespeichert.
|
|
Jede dieser Vorlagen enthält eine Liste von Befehlen und Optionen, um externe
|
|
Programme zu starten, Formate zu konvertieren usw\SpecialChar \@.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Ein fortgeschrittener Anwender kann mit derartigen selbst erstellten Vorlagen
|
|
die Möglichkeiten von LyX stark erweitern, ohne dazu den eigentlichen Quellcode
|
|
verändern zu müssen.
|
|
Zwar ist dazu einiges an Arbeit notwendig, um all diese Befehle festzulegen,
|
|
aber zum Glück hat das LyX-Team das in einigen Fällen ja schon getan.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Eine kleine Einschränkung gibt es aber doch: Da es wie erwähnt eine Vielzahl
|
|
möglicher Exportformate für das eingefügte Material gibt, wäre es zu vermuten,
|
|
dass man von LyX aus auch alle diese Formate als Vorschau ansehen kann.
|
|
Das LyX-Team hat sich entschlossen, das nicht zu tun, um die Benutzerschnittste
|
|
lle so einfach wie möglich zu halten.
|
|
Anstatt im Dialog für jedes mögliche Exportformat einen eigenen Knopf für
|
|
die Vorschau zu haben, wurde das Konzept des primären Formats eingeführt,
|
|
und es gibt nur einen Schalter
|
|
\family sans
|
|
in
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Ly
|
|
\begin_inset ERT
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
anzeigen
|
|
\family default
|
|
, der die Datei in genau diesem primären Format anzeigt.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Dieses Format wird durch die verwendete Dokumentenklasse festgelegt.
|
|
So ist es für die meisten Klassen LaTeX, für die DocBook-Klassen ist es
|
|
aber DocBook.
|
|
Denken Sie also daran, dass Ihnen die Vorschau lediglich das Aussehen in
|
|
diesem Hauptformat anzeigt; wenn Sie sehen wollen, wie das Ergebnis in
|
|
anderen Formaten aussieht, müssen Sie wie gewohnt die Konvertierung manuell
|
|
durchführen.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The external template configuration file
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
It is relatively easy to add custom external template definitions to LyX.
|
|
However, be aware that doing this in a careless manner most probably
|
|
\emph on
|
|
will
|
|
\emph default
|
|
introduce an easily exploitable security hole.
|
|
So before you do this, please read the discussion about security in
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Sicherheitshinweise"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Having said that, we encourage you to submit any interesting templates that
|
|
you create.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The external templates are defined in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LyXDir/lib/external_templates
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
You can place your own version in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UserDir/external_templates
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
A typical template looks like this:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Template XFig
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
GuiName "XFig: $$AbsOrRelPathParent$$Basename"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HelpText
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
An XFig figure.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HelpTextEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
InputFormat fig
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FileFilter "*.fig"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
AutomaticProduction true
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform Rotate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform Resize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format LaTeX
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat pstex
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pstex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Requirement "graphicx"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile dvi "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format PDFLaTeX
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat pdftex
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdftex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Requirement "graphicx"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdf"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format Ascii
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "$$Contents(
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc
|
|
\backslash
|
|
")"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat asciixfig
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format DocBook
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "<graphic fileref=
|
|
\backslash
|
|
"$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.eps
|
|
\backslash
|
|
">
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
</graphic>"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat eps
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile docbook "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile docbook-xml "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product "[XFig: $$FName]"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TemplateEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
As you can see, the template is enclosed in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Template
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TemplateEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
It contains a header specifying some general settings and, for each supported
|
|
primary document file format, a section
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FormatEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The template header
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
AutomaticProduction
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
true|false
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Whether the file represented by the template must be generated by LyX.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
FileFilter
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<pattern>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
A glob pattern that is used in the file dialog to filter out the desired
|
|
files.
|
|
If there is more than one possible file extension (e.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
g.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
tgif has
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.obj
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.tgo
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
), use something like
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
"*.{obj,tgo}"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
GuiName
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<guiname>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The text that is displayed on the button.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
HelpText
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<text>
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
HelpTextEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The help text that is used in the External dialog.
|
|
Provide enough information to explain to the user just what the template
|
|
can provide him with.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
InputFormat
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<format>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file format of the original file.
|
|
This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
|
reference "sec:Formate"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
*
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
if the template can handle original files of more than one format.
|
|
LyX will attempt to interrogate the file itself in order to deduce its
|
|
format in this case.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Template
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<id>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
A unique name for the template.
|
|
It must not contain substitution macros (see below).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Rotate|Resize|Clip|Extra
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies which transformations are supported by this template.
|
|
It may occur zero or more times.
|
|
This command enables the corresponding tabs in the external dialog.
|
|
Each
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
command must have either a corresponding
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
or a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
command in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section.
|
|
Otherwise the transformation will not be supported by that format.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The Format section
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
LaTeX|PDFLaTeX|PlainText|DocBook
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The primary document file format that this format definition is for.
|
|
Not every template has a sensible representation in all document file formats.
|
|
Please define nevertheless a
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section for all templates.
|
|
Use a dummy text when no representation is available.
|
|
Then you can at least see a reference to the external material in the exported
|
|
document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Option
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<name>
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<value>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command defines an additional macro
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$<name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
for substitution in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<value>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
itself may contain substitution macros.
|
|
The advantage over using
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
<value>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
directly in
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is that the substituted value of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$<name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
is sanitized so that it is a valid optional argument in the document format.
|
|
This command may occur zero or more times.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<text>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The text that is inserted in the exported document.
|
|
This is actually the most important command and can be quite complex.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Preamble
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<name>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies a preamble snippet that will be included in the
|
|
LaTeX preamble.
|
|
It has to be defined using
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
PreambleDef
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
PreambleDefEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This command may occur zero or more times.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<format>
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<filename>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command denotes files that are created by the conversion process and
|
|
are needed for a particular export format.
|
|
If the filename is relative, it is interpreted relative to the master document.
|
|
This command may be given zero or more times.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Requirement
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<package>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The name of a required LaTeX package.
|
|
The package is included via
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
usepackage{}
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the LaTeX preamble.
|
|
This command may occur zero or more times.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Rotate
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
RotationLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for
|
|
rotation.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Resize
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ResizeLatexCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for
|
|
resizing.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Rotate
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
RotationLatexOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that rotation is done via an optional argument.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Resize
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ResizeLatexOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that resizing is done via an optional argument.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Clip
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ClipLatexOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that clipping is done via an optional argument.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Extra
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
ExtraLatexOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This command specifies that an extra optional argument is used.
|
|
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateFormat
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<format>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file format of the converted file.
|
|
This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
File Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
dialog).
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
If the resulting file format is PDF, you need to specify the format
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
pdf6
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
This is the PDF format used for including graphics.
|
|
The other defined PDF formats are for document export.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
UpdateResult
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
<filename>
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file name of the converted file.
|
|
The file name must be absolute.
|
|
This command must occur exactly once.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Preamble definitions
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The external template configuration file may contain additional preamble
|
|
definitions enclosed by
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
PreambleDef
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
PreambleDefEnd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
They can be used by the templates in the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Format
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
section.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Der Ersetzungsmechanismus
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Wenn über die externe Einfügung ein externes Programm gestartet wird, geschieht
|
|
dies anhand eines Befehls, der in der Vorlage festgelegt wurde.
|
|
Ein solcher Befehl kann diverse Makros enthalten, die vor dem eigentlichen
|
|
Aufruf ausgewertet werden.
|
|
Die Ausführung erfolgt dabei immer in demjenigen Verzeichnis, das auch
|
|
das LyX-Dokument enthält.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Also, whenever external material is to be displayed, the name will be produced
|
|
by the substitution mechanism, and most other commands in the template
|
|
definition support substitution as well.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Hier finden Sie eine Liste dieser Makros:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file path, absolute or relative to the master LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsOrRelPathParent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file path, absolute or relative to the LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsPath
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The absolute file path.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Basename
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The filename without path and without the extension.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Contents(
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
filename.ext
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This macro will expand to the contents of the file with the name
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
filename.ext
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Extension
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file extension (including the dot).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$FName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The filename of the file specified in the external material dialog.
|
|
This is either an absolute name, or it is relative to the LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$FPath
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The path part of
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$FName
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
(absolute name or relative to the LyX document).
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$RelPathMaster
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file path, relative to the master LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$RelPathParent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The file path, relative to the LyX document.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Sysdir
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
This macro will expand to the absolute path of the system directory.
|
|
This is typically used to point to the various helper scripts that are
|
|
bundled with LyX.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Tempname
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
A name and full path to a temporary file which will be automatically deleted
|
|
whenever the containing document is closed, or the external material insertion
|
|
deleted.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
All path macros contain a trailing directory separator, so you can construct
|
|
e.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
g.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
the absolute filename with
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsPath$$Basename$$Extension
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The macros above are substituted in all commands unless otherwise noted.
|
|
The command
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Product
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled by
|
|
the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformCommand
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
commands:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$ResizeFront
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The front part of the resize command.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$ResizeBack
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The back part of the resize command.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$RotateFront
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The front part of the rotation command.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$RotateBack
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The back part of the rotation command.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The value string of the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Option
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
command supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled
|
|
by the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Transform
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
TransformOption
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
commands:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Clip
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The clip option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Extra
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The extra option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Resize
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The resize option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$Rotate
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
The rotation option.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
You may ask why there are so many path macros.
|
|
There are mainly two reasons:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Relative and absolute file names should remain relative or absolute, respectivel
|
|
y.
|
|
Users may have reasons to prefer either form.
|
|
Relative names are useful for portable documents that should work on different
|
|
machines, for example.
|
|
Absolute names may be required by some programs.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
LaTeX treats relative file names differently than LyX and other programs
|
|
in nested included files.
|
|
For LyX, a relative file name is always relative to the document that contains
|
|
the file name.
|
|
For LaTeX, it is always relative to the master document.
|
|
These two definitions are identical if you have only one document, but
|
|
differ if you have a master document that includes part documents.
|
|
That means that relative filenames must be transformed when presented to
|
|
LaTeX.
|
|
Fortunately LyX does this automatically for you if you choose the right
|
|
macros.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
So which path macro should be used in new template definitions? The rule
|
|
is not difficult:
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsPath
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
if an absolute path is required.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
if the substituted string is some kind of LaTeX input.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Else use
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
$$AbsOrRelPathParent
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in order to preserve the user's choice.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
There are special cases where this rule does not work and e.
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
g.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
relative names are needed, but normally it will work just fine.
|
|
One example for such a case is the command
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
in the XFig template above: We can't use the absolute name because the
|
|
copier for
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
.pstex_t
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
files needs the relative name in order to rewrite the file content.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
Sicherheitshinweise
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "sec:Sicherheitshinweise"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
The external material feature interfaces with a lot of external programs
|
|
and does so automatically, so we have to consider the security implications
|
|
of this.
|
|
In particular, since you have the option of including your own filenames
|
|
and/or parameter strings and those are expanded into a command, it seems
|
|
that it would be possible to create a malicious document which executes
|
|
arbitrary commands when a user views or prints the document.
|
|
This is something we definitely want to avoid.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
However, since the external program commands are specified in the template
|
|
configuration file only, there are no security issues if LyX is properly
|
|
configured with safe templates only.
|
|
This is so because the external programs are invoked with the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
execvp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
-system call rather than the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
system
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
system-call, so it's not possible to execute arbitrary commands from the
|
|
filename or parameter section via the shell.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
This also implies that you are restricted in what command strings you can
|
|
use in the external material templates.
|
|
In particular, pipes and redirection are not readily available.
|
|
This has to be so if LyX should remain safe.
|
|
If you want to use some of the shell features, you should write a safe
|
|
script to do this in a controlled manner, and then invoke the script from
|
|
the command string.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
It is possible to design a template that interacts directly with the shell,
|
|
but since this would allow a malicious user to execute arbitrary commands
|
|
by writing clever filenames and/or parameters, we generally recommend that
|
|
you only use safe scripts that work with the
|
|
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
execvp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
system call in a controlled manner.
|
|
Of course, for use in a controlled environment, it can be tempting to just
|
|
fall back to use ordinary shell scripts.
|
|
If you do so, be aware that you
|
|
\emph on
|
|
will
|
|
\emph default
|
|
provide an easily exploitable security hole in your system.
|
|
Of course it stands to reason that such unsafe templates will never be
|
|
included in the standard LyX distribution, although we do encourage people
|
|
to submit new templates in the open source tradition.
|
|
But LyX as shipped from the official distribution channels will never have
|
|
unsafe templates.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
Including external material provides a lot of power, and you have to be
|
|
careful not to introduce security hazards with this power.
|
|
A subtle error in a single line in an innocent looking script can open
|
|
the door to huge security problems.
|
|
So if you do not fully understand the issues, we recommend that you consult
|
|
a knowledgeable security professional or the LyX development team if you
|
|
have any questions about whether a given template is safe or not.
|
|
And do this before you use it in an uncontrolled environment.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
\start_of_appendix
|
|
Liste der Funktionen für die Verwendung in Layout-Dateien
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "chap:Liste-von-Funktionen"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
\align center
|
|
\begin_inset Tabular
|
|
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="8">
|
|
<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
|
|
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
|
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
|
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
|
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
|
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
|
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
|
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
|
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
accents
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
booktabs
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
feyn
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
listings
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
natbib
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
rotfloat
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tfrupee
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
wasysym
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
amsbsy
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
calc
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
fixltx2e
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
longtable
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
nomencl
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
rsphrase
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tipa
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
wrapfig
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
amscd
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
CJK
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
float
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
lyxskak
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
pdfcolmk
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
setspace
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tipx
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
xargs
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
amsmath
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
framed
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
makeidx
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
pdfpages
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
shapepar
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
tone
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
xcolor
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
amssymb
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
covington
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
graphicx
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
marvosym
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
pifont
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
slashed
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
txfonts
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
xy
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
amstext
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
csquotes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
hhline
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
mathdesign
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
pmboxdraw
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
soul
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ulem
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
yhmath
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
amsthm
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
dvipost
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
hyperref
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
mathdots
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
polyglossia
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
splitidx
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
undertilde
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
array
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
endnotes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ifsym
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
mathrsfs
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
prettyref
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
subfig
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
units
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ascii
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
enumitem
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
ifthen
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
mhchem
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
pxfonts
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
subscript
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
url
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
bbding
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
esint
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
jurabib
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
multicol
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
refstyle
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
textcomp
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
varioref
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
<row>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
bm
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
fancybox
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
latexsym
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
multirow
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
rotating
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
textgreek
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
verbatim
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
</cell>
|
|
</row>
|
|
</lyxtabular>
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
Namen von verfügbaren Farben für die Verwendung in Layout-Dateien
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
|
name "chap:Namen-von-Farben"
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
Die hier aufgelisteten Farben sind die Standardfarben und die, die man in
|
|
den LyX-Voreinstellungen festlegen kann.
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
none
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Keine spezielle Farbe -- entfernt Farbe oder setzt Farbe auf Voreinstellung
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
black
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
white
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
red
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
green
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
blue
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
cyan
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
magenta
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
yellow
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
added_space Added space marker color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
addedtext Added text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
appendix Appendix marker color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
background
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Hintergrundfarbe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
bottomarea Bottom area color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
branchlabel Label color for branches
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
buttonbg Color used for bottom background
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
buttonhoverbg Color used for button background under focus
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
buttonframe Color for inset button frames
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changebar Changebar color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor1
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Geänderter Text des 1.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Autors
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor2
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Geänderter Text des 2.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Autors
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor3
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Geänderter Text des 3.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Autors
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor4
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Geänderter Text des 4.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Autors
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
changedtextauthor5
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Geänderter Text des 5.
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
Autors
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
collapsable_inset_frame Collapsable insets framecolor
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
collapsable_inset_text Collapsable insets text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
command Text color for command insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
commandbg Background color for command insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
commandframe Frame color for command insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
comment color for comments
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
commentbg Background color of comments
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
cursor
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Cursorfarbe
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
deletedtext Deleted text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
deletedtextmodifier Deleted text modifying color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
depthbar Color for the depth bars in the margin
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
eolmarker End of line marker color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
error Color of the LaTeX error box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
footlabel Label color for footnotes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
graphicsbg Graphics inset background color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
greyedout Label color for greyedout insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
greyedoutbg Background color of greyedout inset
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
greyedouttext Color for greyedout inset text
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
indexlabel Label color for index insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
ignore The color is ignored
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
inherit The color is inherited
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
inlinecompletion Inline completion color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
insetbg Inset marker background color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
insetframe Inset marker frame color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
language Color for marking foreign language words
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
latex Text color in LaTeX mode
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
listingsbg Background color of listings inset
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
marginlabel Label color for margin notes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
math Math inset text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathbg Math inset background color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathcorners Math inset frame color not under focus
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathframe Math inset frame color under focus
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathline Math line color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacrobg Macro math inset background color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacroblend Macro math blended color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacroframe Macro math frame color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacrohoverbg Macro math inset background color hovered
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacrolabel Macro math label color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacronewarg Macro template color for new parameters
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
mathmacrooldarg Macro template color for old parameters
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
newpage New page color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
nonunique_inlinecompletion Inline completion color for the non-unique part
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
notebg Background color of notes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
notelabel Label color for notes
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
pagebreak Page break/line break color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
paragraphmarker Color used for the pilcrow sign to mark the end of a paragraph
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
phantomtext Text color for phantom insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
preview The color used for previews
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
previewframe Preview frame color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
regexpframe Color for regexp frame
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
selection
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Hintergrundfarbe des ausgewählten Texts
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
selectiontext
|
|
\lang ngerman
|
|
Vordergrundfarbe des ausgewählten Texts
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
shadedbg Background color of shaded box
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
special Special chars text color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tabularline Table line color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
tabularonoffline Table line color
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
urllabel Label color for URL insets
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
urltext Color for URL inset text
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
\end_body
|
|
\end_document
|